Table Of Contents
MGX 8250 Command Line Interface
Introduction
List of Commands
?
abort
acqdsx3bert
addapsln
addaimgrp
addcdrscprtn
addchan
addchanloop
addcon
Service Types
Upgrading to Standard ABR—AUSM-8T1/E1
Upgrading to Standard ABR—FRSM-8T1/E1
ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines
Foresight and ABR Comparison
Guidelines
Example
Performance Parameters for Foresight and Standard ABR
addendpt
addimagrp
addlink
addlmiloop
addln
addlnloop
addlns2aimgrp
addport
addred
addrscprtn
addserialif
addtrapmgr
addtrk
adduser
agetrapmgr
aimhelp
arpAdd
arpDelete
arpFlush
arpShow
bootChange
bye
cc
cd
clraimgrpcnt
clraimlncnt
clrallcnf
clralm
clralmcnt
clralmcnts
clralms
clratmlncnt
clratmlncnts
clrbertcntrs
clrcderrs
clrchancnt
clrchancnts
clrconcnt
clrconcnts
clrerr
clrifcnt
clrifcnts
clrimagrpcnt
clrimalncnt
clrlmistats
clrlog
clrmsgcnt
clrportcnt
clrportcnts
clrsarcnt
clrsarcnts
clrscrn
clrslftst
clrsmcnf
clrsrmcnf
cmdhistory
cnfaimgrp
cnfapsln
cnfatmln
cnfbctype
cnfbert
cnfcbclk
cnfcdprtntype
cnfcdrscprtn
cnfchan
cnfchanabrparams
cnfchanabrrates
cnfchaneir
cnfchancacoff
cnfchanegressq
cnfchanfst
cnfchaningressq
cnfchanmap
cnfchanpol
cnfchanq
cnfchansrvrate
cnfchanstdabr
cnfclklevel
cnfclksrc
cnfcon
cnfconabrrates
cnfconabrparams
cnfconstdabr
cnfdate
cnfdsx3bert
cnfegrservtype
cnfextclk
cnfenetgw
cnffst
cnfif
cnfifastrk
cnfifip
cnfilmi
cnfimagrp
cnfln
cnflnsubrate
cnfname
cnfoamlpbk
cnfpasswd
cnfplpp
cnfport
cnfportcllm
cnfportq
cnfportrscprtn
cnfprfparam
cnfrscprtn
cnfserialif
cnfslftst
cnfsnmp
cnfsrmclksrc
cnfstatsmgr
cnfswfunc
cnftime
cnftmzn
cnftmzngmt
cnftrafficgen
cnftrapip
cnftrk
cnfupcabr
cnfupccbr
cnfupcrtvbr
cnfupcubr
cnfupcvbr
cnfvismip
commit
copy
cp
cth
copychans
copyports
cvsi
dcct
dcondb
del
delaimgrp
delapsln
delbert
delcdrscprtn
delchan
delchanloop
delchans
delcon
deldsx3bert
delifip
dellink
dellmiloop
delln
dellnloop
dellnsfmaimgrp
delport
delports
delred
delrscprtn
delslotlink
deltrapmgr
deltree
deluser
dir
dlmi
dnif
dnilmi
downloadflash
dnport
dspaimgrp
dspaimgrpcnt
dspaimgrps
dspaimlncnt
dspalm
dspalmcnf
dspalmcnt
dspalms
dspapscfg
dspapsln
dspatmlncnf
dspatmlncnt
dspbctype
dspbert
dspcbclk
dspcd
dspcderrs
dspcdprtntype
dspcdrscprtn
dspcds
dspchan
dspchancnt
dspchanmap
dspchans
dspchanstdabr
dspchstats
dspclkinfo
dspclksrc
dspcon
dspconcnt
dspcons
dspconstdabr
dspcurclk
dspdisk
dspdsx3bert
dspegrq
dspegrqs
dspegrservtype
dspenetgw
dsperr
dspfeature
dspfst
dspfw
dspfwrevs
dsphotstandby
dspif
dspifcnt
dspifip
dspifrsc
dspifs
dspilmi
dspilmicnt
dspilmis
dspimagrp
dspimagrpcnt
dspimagrps
dspimainfo
dspimalncnt
dsplink
dsplmiloop
dsplmistats
dspln
dsplnrsc
dsplns
dsploads
dsplog
dsplogs
dspmaptbl
dspmsgcnt
dspname
dspnwip
dspoamlpbk
dsponoff
dspparifs
dsppasswd
dspplpp
dspport
dspportcnt
dspportq
dspportqs
dspportrscprtn
dspports
dspportstats
dspportutil
dspprf
dspprfhist
dspred
dsprscprtn
dsprscprtns
dspsarchans
dspsarcnt
dspsarcnts
dspserialif
dspservrate
dspshelfalm
dspslftst
dspslftsttbl
dspslotlink
dspsmcnf
dspsnmp
dspsrmclksrc
dspstatparms
dspswfunc
dspsysparm
dsptotals
dsptrafficgen
dsptrapip
dsptrapmgr
dsptrkcnf
dsptrkload
dsptrks
dspunit391
dspupgrade
dspusers
dspver
dspvismip
dth
dvsi
exit
formatdisk
help
history
ifShow
install
logout
ls
memShow
mkdir
modbert
moddsx3bert
mv
myid
newrev
oldclralm
oldclrlock
oldiags
oldsplog
pagemode
passwd
ping
printrev
pwd
remove
rename
resetcd
resetsys
restoreallcnf
rnmnd
routeShow
routestatShow
rstupgrade
runslftstno
saveallcnf
sesntimeout
shutdisk
softswitch
startdsx3bert
switchapsln
switchback
switchcc
syncdisk
timeout
tstcon
tstconseg
tstdelay
uncnfifastrk
upif
upport
users
version
who
whoami
xaddcon
xclrchancnt
xclrportcnt
xcnfalm
xcnfalmcnt
xcnfbert
xcnfdsx3bert
xcnfif
xcnfifip
xcnfilmi
xcnfln
xcnfport
xcnfportq
xcnfred
xcnfrscprtn
xcnfsrmlink
xcnftrapmgr
xdelcon
xdnport
xdspchan
xdspchancnt
xdspchans
xdspcon
xdspcons
xdspdsx3bert
xdspilmi
xdspln
xdsplns
xdspport
xdspportcnt
xdspportq
xdspportqs
xdspports
xdspred
xdspshelf
xdspsrmlink
xdsptrapmgr
xdspusers
xupport
MGX 8250 Command Line Interface
Introduction
The preferred tools for configuring, monitoring, and controlling an MGX 8250 switch are the CiscoView and Cisco WAN Manager applications for equipment management and connection management, respectively. (The Cisco WAN Manager application is the former Cisco StrataView Plus application with the equipment management removed.) The command line interface (CLI) also provides access to an MGX 8250 series switch and is highly applicable during initial installation, troubleshooting, and any situation where low-level control is useful.
The MGX 8250 series commands in the tables that follow are divided by major functional group. Each table shows the complete name of the command and the cards for which the command is valid. For further reference, check the Installation and Configuration document for your specific switch type. The Installation and Configuration document provides conceptual information about how the Cisco MGX 8250 switch can best implement network services in your network configuration. Examples of usage for the more common commands appear in the configuration chapters of this manual.
The command line prompt shows the name of the switch, the number of the switch (which is always "1"), the slot number and type for the current card, and whether the card is in the active ("a") or standby state ("s"). The following is an example of the command line prompt:
In this case, the current card is an active AUSM in slot 6, and the name of the node is "excel."
The list of commands for the common equipment cards PXM and SRM appear in Table 1-1. These commands are available when you log into the PXM. The Portable AutoRoute (PAR) commands appear in Table 1-1. Applicable service module commands become available when you switch to a card by executing the cc command. The list of service module commands appear in Table 1-3. Many commands apply to both the common equipment cards and the service modules.
The command line prompt shows the name of the switch, the number of the switch (which is always "1"), the slot number and type for the current card, and whether the card is in the active ("a") or standby state ("s"). The following is an example of the command line prompt:
In this case, the current card is an active AUSM in slot 6, and the name of the node is "excel."
The command notation and argument parameters follow standard programming convention: a space separates the command and each parameter; variables have an italicized typeface; required arguments appear within "<>" marks; optional parameters appear within square brackets ("[ ]"); and a vertical bar (|) represents the logical OR function.
Note You must type all command arguments then press Return or Enter rather than enter one parameter at a time.
When you enter a command with no parameters, a usage message appears. This message shows syntax and ranges for the applicable command parameters.
List of Commands
The list of commands for the common equipment cards PXM and SRM appear in Table 1-1. These commands are available when you log into the PXM. The Portable AutoRoute (PAR) commands appear in Table 1-1. Applicable service module commands become available when you switch to a card by executing the cc command. The list of service module commands appear in Table 1-3. Many commands apply to both the common equipment cards and the service modules.
Table 1-1 PXM Commands
Command
|
Description
|
PXM Shelf Group
|
addtrapmgr
|
Add Trap Manager
|
agetrapmgr
|
Age Trap Manager
|
clrcderrs
|
Clear Card Errors in BRAM
|
clrmsgcnt
|
Clear Control Message Counter
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Network Clock Source
|
cnfstatsmgr
|
Configure Statistics Manager
|
cnftrapmgr
|
Configure/Add/Delete Trap Managers
|
deltrapmgr
|
Delete Trap Manager
|
dspcd
|
Display Card
|
dspcderrs
|
Display Card Errors in BRAM
|
dspcds
|
Display Cards
|
dspclksrc
|
Display Clock Sources
|
dspfwrevs
|
Display Firmware Revisions
|
dspmsgcnt
|
Display Control Message Counter
|
dspportutil
|
Display Trunk Utilization
|
dspsarcnts
|
Display SAR Counters
|
dspsmcnf
|
Display Service Module Configuration
|
dspstatparms
|
Display Statistics Alarms
|
dsptrapmgr
|
Display Trap Manager
|
dsptrapmgrs
|
Display Trap Managers
|
resetcd
|
Reset Card
|
switchcc
|
Switch Core Cards
|
version
|
Version (displays version data for a card)
|
xcnftrapmgr
|
Configure Trap Manager
|
xdsptrapmgr
|
Display Trap Manager
|
PXM User Group
|
adduser
|
Add User
|
cc
|
Change Card
|
clrscrn
|
Clear Terminal Screen
|
clrlog
|
Clear Event/Message Log
|
cnfpwd
|
Configure Password
|
deluser
|
Delete User
|
dsplog
|
Display Event/Message Log
|
dspusers
|
Display Users
|
Help
|
Help (list of commands per card)
|
users
|
Users
|
PXM Node Group
|
cnfname
|
Configure Shelf Name
|
cnfdate
|
Configure Date
|
cnftime
|
Configure Time
|
cnftmzn
|
Configure Time Zone
|
cnftmzngmt
|
Configure Time Zone to GMT
|
cnfifip
|
Configure Interface IP Address
|
delifip
|
Delete Interface IP Address
|
dspifip
|
Display LAN interface IP
|
PXM Redundancy Group
|
addred
|
Add Redundancy
|
delred
|
Delete Redundancy
|
dspfeature
|
Display Feature
|
dspred
|
Display Redundancy
|
softswitch
|
Soft Switch
|
switchback
|
Switch Back
|
PXM Broadband Interface Group
|
addrscprtn
|
Add Resource Partition
|
clratmlncnt
|
Clear an ATM Line's Counters
|
clratmlncnts
|
Clear All ATM Line Counters
|
clrifcnt
|
Clear Counters for a Broadband Interface
|
clrifcnts
|
Clear All Counters for a Broadband Interface
|
cnfatmln
|
Configure ATM Line
|
cnfcdrscprtn
|
Configure Card Resource Partition
|
cnfif
|
Configure a Broadband Interface
|
cnfrscprtn
|
Configure Resource Partition
|
cnfsvclcn
|
Configure SVC LCNs
|
cnfsvcrange
|
Configure SVC Range
|
dnif
|
Disable the Broadband Interface
|
dspatmlncnf
|
Display ATM Line Configuration
|
dspcdrscprt
|
Display Card Resource Partition
|
dspcdrsctype
|
Display Card Resource Type
|
dspif
|
Display Interface
|
dspifcnt
|
Display Interface Count
|
dspifrsc
|
Display Interface Resource
|
dspifs
|
Display Interfaces
|
dsplnrsc
|
Display Line Resource
|
dsprscprtns
|
Display All Resource Partitions
|
dspsvcrange
|
Display SVC Range
|
upif
|
Add Broadband Interface on PXM
|
PXM Alarm Group
|
clralm
|
Clear Line Alarms
|
clralmcnt
|
Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics
|
dspalm
|
Display Alarms for a Line
|
dspalms
|
Display All Alarms on Card
|
dspalmcnf
|
Display Alarm Threshold Configuration
|
dspalmcnt
|
Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)
|
dspshelfalm
|
Display Shelf Alarms
|
PXM Line Group
|
addapsln
|
Add APS on a Line
|
addln
|
Add Line
|
delln
|
Delete Line
|
dspln
|
Display Line Configuration
|
dsplns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
dspsrmlns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
PXM Channel Group
|
clrsarcnt
|
Clear SAR Counters
|
dspsarcnt
|
Display SAR Counters
|
dspservrate
|
Display Service Rate
|
SRM-3T3 Group
|
addlink
|
Add SRM-3T3 T3 Link to T1 Slot and Line
|
clrsrmcnf
|
Clear SRM-3T3 Configuration
|
cnfsrmclksrc
|
Configure SRM-3T3 Clock Source
|
dellink
|
Delete SRM-3T3 T3 Link from T1 Slot and Line
|
delslotlnk
|
Delete Link from T1 Slot
|
dsplink
|
Display SRM-3T3 T3 Link to a T1 Slot and Line
|
dspslotlnk
|
Display Link in T1 Slot
|
dspsrmclksrc
|
Display SRM-3T3 Clock Source
|
PXM Self-Test Group
|
clrslftst
|
Clear Self-Test
|
dspslftsttble
|
Display Self-Test Table
|
PXM BERT Group
|
cnfbert
|
Configure BERT Session Parameters
|
delbert
|
Stop Current BERT Session
|
dspbert
|
Display Results of BERT Session
|
modbert
|
Inject Bit Errors into Current BERT Session
|
xcnfbert
|
Configure BERT Session Parameters
|
Table 1-2 Node Connectivity Commands
Command
|
Description
|
addtrk
|
Add Trunk
|
clrerr
|
Clear Error Log
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Clock Source
|
cnfcmparm
|
Configure Connection Manager Parameters
|
cnfifastrk
|
Configure Interface as Trunk
|
cnfname
|
Configure Node Name
|
cnfnwip
|
Configure Network IP Address
|
cnfswfunc
|
Configure Software Function
|
cnfsysparm
|
Configure System Parameters
|
cnftrk
|
Configure Trunk
|
deltrk
|
Delete Trunk
|
dspcmparm
|
Display Connection Manager Parameters
|
dspcon
|
Display a Connection
|
dspcons
|
Display Connections
|
dsperr
|
Display Error Log
|
dspload
|
Display Load
|
dspmnup
|
Display Mandatory Update Parameters
|
dspname
|
Display Nodename
|
dspnw
|
Display Network
|
dspnwcons
|
Display Network Connections
|
dspnwip
|
Display Network IP Address
|
dspswfunc
|
Display Software Functions
|
dspsysparm
|
Display System Parameters
|
dsptrkcnf
|
Display Trunk Configuration
|
dsptrkcons
|
Display Trunk Connections
|
dsptrkload
|
Display Trunk Load
|
dsptrkmcons
|
Display Trunk Management Connections
|
dsptrks
|
Display Trunks
|
uncnfifastrk
|
Unconfigure Interface Trunk
|
Table 1-3 Service Module (SM) Commands
Command
|
Description
|
FRSM
|
AUSM
|
CESM
|
CESM-T3E3
|
SM Shelf Group
|
clrcderrs
|
Clear Card Errors in BRAM
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
clrmsgcnt
|
Clear Control Message Counter
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
clrsmcnf
|
Clear Service Module Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
cnfcdrscprtn
|
Configure Card Resource Partition
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfclksrc
|
Configure Network Clock Source
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnffst
|
Configure ForeSight
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfsvcrange
|
Configure SVC Range
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspcd
|
Display Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspcderrs
|
Display Card Errors in BRAM
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspcdrscprtn
|
Display Card Resource Partition
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspclksrc
|
Display Clock Sources
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspmsgcnt
|
Display Control Message Counter
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspsmcnf
|
Display Service Module Configuration
|
|
|
|
X
|
dspstatparms
|
Display Statistics Parameters
|
X
|
|
|
|
dsptotals
|
Display Totals
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
resetcd
|
Reset Card
|
|
|
|
|
version
|
Version (displays card version data)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
SM User Group
|
cc
|
Change Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clrscrn
|
Clear Terminal Screen
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspmaptbl
|
Display Map Table
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
Help
|
Help (list of commands per card)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
Alarm Group
|
clralm
|
Clear Line Alarms
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clralmcnt
|
Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clralms
|
Clear All Alarms on the Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalm
|
Display Alarms for a Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalmcnf
|
Display Alarm Threshold Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalmcnt
|
Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspalms
|
Display All Alarms on Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
SM Line Group
|
addln
|
Add Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
addlnloop
|
Add Line Loop
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
cnfds3ln
|
Configure DS3 Line
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfln
|
Configure Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
cnfplpp
|
Configure PLPP Parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
delln
|
Delete Line
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dellnloop
|
Delete Line Loop
|
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspds3ln
|
Display a DS3 Line
|
|
|
|
|
dspds3lns
|
Display DS3 Lines
|
|
|
|
|
dspln
|
Display Line Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dsplns
|
Display All Lines on Card
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
Port Group
|
addport
|
Add Port
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
clrportcnt
|
Clear Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
clrportcnts
|
Clear All Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfegrq
|
Configure Egress Queue
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfilmi
|
Configure ILMI
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfport
|
Configure FR Port(s)
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfportcllm
|
Configure Port CLLM Parameters
|
X
|
|
|
X
|
cnfportq
|
Configure AUSM Port Queue
|
|
X
|
|
|
copyports
|
Copy Port Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
delport
|
Delete FRSM or AUSM Port
|
X
|
|
|
|
delports
|
Delete Port Configurations
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
dnport
|
Down Port
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
dspegrq
|
Display Egress Queue
|
|
|
|
|
dspegrqs
|
Display Egress Queues
|
|
|
|
|
dspilmi
|
Display ILMI
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspilmicnt
|
Display ILMI Counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspport
|
Display Port Configuration
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspportcnt
|
Display FR Port Counters
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspportq
|
Display Port Queue
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspportqs
|
Display Port Queues
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspports
|
Display All Ports
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
dspportstats
|
Display Port Statistics
|
X
|
|
|
|
upport
|
Up Port
|
|
X
|
|
|
SM Channel Group
|
addchan
|
Add Channel
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
addchanloop
|
Add a Channel Loopback
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
clrchancnt
|
Clear Channel Counter for FRSM or AUSM Channels
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
clrsarcnts
|
Clear SAR Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
cnfchancaoff
|
Configure Channel Admission Control Off
|
X
|
|
|
|
clrchancnts
|
Clear Channel Counter for All FR Channels
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
cnfchanegressq
|
Configure Channel Egress Queue
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfchanfst
|
Configure Channel ForeSight
|
X
|
X
|
|
|
cnfchaningressq
|
Configure Channel Ingress Queue
|
|
|
|
X
|
cnfchanmap
|
Configure Channel Map
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
cnfchanpol
|
Configure Channel Policing
|
X
|
|
|
|
cnfchanq
|
Configure Channel Queue
|
|
X
|
|
X
|
copychans
|
Copy Channel Configurations
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
delchan
|
Delete Channel(s)
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
delchanloop
|
Delete a Channel Loopback
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
delchans
|
Delete Channels
|
X
|
X
|
|
X
|
dspchan
|
Display Channel Configuration
|
X
|
|
X
|
X
|
dspchancnt
|
Display Channel Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspchans
|
Display All Channels
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
dspchstats
|
Display Channel Statistics
|
X
|
|
|
|
dspsarcnt
|
Display SAR Counters
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
|
SM Connection Group
|
addcon
|
Add Connection
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfupcabr
|
Configure UPC for ABR
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfupccbr
|
Configure UPC for CBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfupcubr
|
Configure UPC for UBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfupcvbr
|
Configure UPC for VBR
|
|
X
|
|
|
delcon
|
Delete Connection
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspcon
|
Display a Connection
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspcons
|
Display Connections
|
|
X
|
|
|
dsploads
|
Display Loads
|
|
X
|
|
|
tstcon
|
Test Connection
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
tstconseg
|
Test Connection Segment
|
|
X
|
|
|
SM Self-Test Group
|
clrslftst
|
Clear Self-Test
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
dspslftsttble
|
Display Self-Test Table
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
X
|
SM BERT Group
|
acqdsx3bert
|
Acquire BERT
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
clrbertcntrs
|
Remove BERT Counters
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
cnfdsx3bert
|
Configure BERT Parameters
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
deldsx3bert
|
Stop BERT Test Session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
dspdsx3bert
|
Display BERT Results
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
moddsx3bert
|
Inject Bit Errors into BERT Session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
startdsx3bert
|
Begin BERT Session
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
xcnfdsx3bert
|
Configure BERT Parameters
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
xdspdsx3bert
|
Display BERT Results
|
X
|
|
X
|
|
IMA Group
|
addimagrp
|
Set Up New IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
addlns2imagrp
|
Add Lines to IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
clrimagrpcnt
|
Delete IMA Group Counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
clrimalncnt
|
Delete Line Counters of IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
clrimatst
|
Stop IMA Group Test
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfimaalmparm
|
Configure IMA Group Alarm Parameters for IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfimagrp
|
Configure IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
cnfimatst
|
Configure Testing for IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
delimagrp
|
Remove IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
delnsfmimagrp
|
Remove Lines from IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimaalmparm
|
Display IMA Alarm Parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimagrp
|
Display IMA Group Configuration
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimagrpcnt
|
Display Current IMA Group Counters
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimagrps
|
Display All IMA Groups
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimaln
|
Display IMA Group Line
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimalncnt
|
Display Line Counters of IMA Group
|
|
X
|
|
|
dspimatst
|
Display IMA Group Test Parameters
|
|
X
|
|
|
?
Help
Use the ? command to view all commands associated with the current card, and to view a list of commands associated with a truncated command entry.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
? [command]
Syntax Description
command
|
Full or partial name of the command.
|
Related Commands
help
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•View all commands associated with a partial command entry string
•View all commands associated with the current card
Example 1-1 View all commands associated with a partial command entry string
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ? con
Example 1-2 View all commands associated with the current card
System response for the ? command is identical to that when executing the help command. See the examples in the help section beginning on page 502.
abort
Abort
Use the abort command to stop the upgrade process and return to the previous firmware version.
•Using abort after a newrev returns the PXM to the original firmware image.
•Using abort after install resets the PXM(s) to their original states.
See Figure 1-1 to see the relationship of the abort command compared with other firmware commands.
Figure 1-1 Firmware-Related Commands
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
abort <version>
Syntax Description
version
|
Original firmware version.
|
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, printrev, commit, copy, install
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-3 Abort loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
abort command completed ok
This card will be reset, the other will become active.
Example 1-4 Errors loading firmware (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > abort 1.1.11
cannot be in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade' or 'upgrade
ERR: command "abort" failed
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the old version 1.1.10aa
ERR: command "abort" failed
acqdsx3bert
Acquire DS3 BERT
Use the acqdsx3bert command to find out if a BERT session already exists on the selected MGX 8250 switch bay.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3
Syntax
acqdsx3bert
Related Commands
cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-5 Acquire current BERT session
NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a > acqdsx3bert
NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a >
addapsln
Add APS to a Line
Use the addapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) on a specified line for the current PXM.
APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.
To set APS parameters, use the cnfapsln command following the addapsln command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addapsln <workline> <workslot> <protectline> <protectslot> <archmode>
Syntax Description
workline
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to set APS.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
workslot
|
Slot number of the PXM. Enter the value 7 or 8.
|
protectline
|
Protection line number.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
protectslot
|
Protection slot number: Enter the value 7 or 8.
|
archmode
|
Value to set APS architect mode to be used on the working/protection line pairs.
•1 = 1+1 one back card
•2 = 1+1 two back cards
•3 = 1:1 one back card
•4 = 1+1 Annex B
|
Related Commands
cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-6 Add APS Protection line 1 on slot 8 to APS Working line1 on slot 7. Set the APS architect mode on the working/protection line pair to 1+1.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addapsln 1 7 1 8 2
addaimgrp
Add IMA Group
Use the addaimgrp command to set an AIMUX group on the current AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addaimgrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_links> <minNumLinks>
Syntax Description
group_num
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
port_type
|
Value to set UNI or NNI port type.
•1 = UNI
•2 = NNI
|
list_of_links
|
List of physical lines, in the range 1-8, to be included in "aimux_grp." Type a period (.) between each line in the string to delineate each member of the AIMUX group.
|
minNumLinks
|
Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
delaimgrp, cnfaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-7 Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5
spirit4.1.18.PXM.a > addaimgrp 2 3.4.5
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
addcdrscprtn
Add Card Resource Partition
Use the addcdrscprtn command to set card-level resource partitions.
Note This command applies only if the card partition type is controllerBased.
The resource you can partition at the card level is the number of connections available to a network controller such as PAR.
With card-level partitioning:
•The number of connections available at each port is the same.
•You can specify the number of connections available to each controller or let them compete for connections at each port.
Table 1-4 describes the effects of each of three usages of addcdrscprtn.
Table 1-4 Effects of Using addcdrscprtn
Command
|
Description
|
addcdrscprtn off
|
Card-level partitioning is inactive. You must partition resources at the port level. (See also cnfportrscprtn.)
|
addcdrscprtn on
|
Default.
Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller. Each controller therefore competes for the connections.
|
addcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>
|
Same as addcdrscprtn, except x, y, and z represent the number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.
|
In addition to the definitions in Table 1-4, note the following characteristics of this command:
•If you specify that card-level partitioning is off (addcdrscprtn off), port-level partitioning is mandatory (cnfportrscprtn).
•If you do not execute addcdrscprtn, the default state of addcdrscprtn on is in effect.
•If you specify card-level partitioning (addcdrscprtn on x y z), port-level partitioning (cnfportrscprtn) is an option you can use to further modify the partitioning on a port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
addcdrscprtn <ctrlr_num> <num_glcns>
Syntax Description
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set controller type.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
num_glcns
|
Number of available global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.
|
Syntax: FRSM
addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>
Syntax Description
controller
|
Value to set controller type.
•1 = PAR/PVC
•2 = PNNI/SPVC
•3 = TAG
|
numOfLcnAvail
|
Maximum number of LCNs, in the range appropriate for the card.
•2CT3 range = 1-4000
•2T3 range = 1-2000
•2E3 range = 1-2000
•HS2 range = 1-2000
|
Syntax: CESM
addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>
Syntax Description
controller
|
Value to set controller type.
•1 = PAR/PVC
•2 = PNNI/SPVC
•3 = TAG
|
numOfLcnAvail
|
Maximum number of LCNs, in the range 0-248.
|
Related Commands
cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State (Active for PXM)
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-8 On current PXM, change card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. Note that the value for PNNI currently is 0.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000
addchan
Add Channel
Use the addchan command to configure channels on the current PXM, FRSM, AUSM, or CESM. The syntax for using addchan on an AUSM differs from that used on all other cards. See Syntax: AUSM for guidelines.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM (8T1/E1, HS1/B, VHS), AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
addchan <LCN> <if_num> <conn_type> <vpi> <vci> <serv_type> <y_vpi> <y_vci> <y_nsap> <chan_master>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
Logical connection number, in the range 16-4111.
|
if_num
|
Number of the logical interface port that receives connection traffic, in the range 1-32.
|
conn_type
|
Value to set virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection (VCC).
•1 = VPC
•2 = VCC
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
vci
|
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
serv_type
|
Value to set service type.
•1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
•2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
•3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
•4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
•5 = VBR-RT (Variable Bit Rate—Real-Time Class)
|
y_vpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
y_vci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
y_nsap
|
Remote Network Service Access Point (NSAP) value, in the format node.slot.port. An NSAP is the point at which OSI Network Service is made available to a transport layer (Layer 4) entity.
|
chan_master
|
Value to set status of local endpoint as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
Syntax: FRSM-8T1/E1
addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
port
|
Port number for T1 or E1.
•T1 range = 1-192
•E1 range = 1-248
|
dlci
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
Committed information rate (CIR) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.
•T1 range = 0-1536000
•E1 range = 0-204800
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
•1 = NIW
•2 = SIW-transparent
•3 = SIW-translation
•4 = FUNI
•5 = frame forwarding
|
CAC
|
Value to enable or disable Connection Admission Control (CAC).
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <dlci_num> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•X.21 range = 1-4
•HSSI range = 1-2
|
dlci_num
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
Committed information rate (CIR) value, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps
•HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
•1 = NIW
•2 = SIW-transparent
•3 = SIW-translation
•4 = FUNI
•5 = frame forwarding
|
CAC
|
Value to enable or disable CAC (Connection Admission Control).
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: FRSM-VHS
addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> <serv_type> [CAC_enable] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4015.
|
port
|
Port number, in the range 1-256.
|
dlci
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
cir
|
Committed information rate (CIR) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.
•T1 range = 0-1536000
•E1 range = 0-2048000
|
chan_type
|
Value to set channel type.
•1 = NIW
•2 = SIW-transparent
•3 = SIW-translation
•4 = FUNI
•5 = frame forwarding
|
serv_type
|
Value to set service type.
•1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
•2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
•3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
•4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
CAC_enable
|
Value to enable or disable Connection Admission Control (CAC).
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: AUSM
addchan <channel number> <connection type> <port number> <vpi> <vci> <service type> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
connection type
|
Value to set connection type as either virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection(VCC).
•1 = VPC
•2 = VCC
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.
|
vci
|
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
service type
|
Value to set service type.
•1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
•2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
•3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
•4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.
|
rmtnsap
|
20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Example 1-9 Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addchan 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <sig_type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signal> [mastership | locnsap | rmtvpi | rmtvci | rmtnsap]
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 32-279.
|
port_num
|
Port number for T1 or E1.
•T1 range = 1-192
•E1 range = 1-248
|
sig_type
|
Value to set type of signalling to be used. All channels on a line should have the same value.
•1 = basic
•2 = E1 CAS
•3 = DS1 superframe CAS
•4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS
|
partial_fill
|
Number of bytes to partially fill a cell for different lines.
•0 = a fully filled cell (default)
•20-47 = cells for structured E1
•25-47 = for structured T1
•33-47 = for unstructured T1 or E1
|
cond_data
|
Value to set data-conditioning for either UDT or SDT.
•UDT = 255
•SDT range = 0-255
|
cond_signal
|
Condition signal, in the range 0-15.
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.
|
rmtnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3
addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <cond_sig> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number. Enter the value 32.
|
port_num
|
Port number. Enter the value 1.
|
cond_sig
|
Condition signal number, in the range 0-15.
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the current end as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
|
locnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
rmtvpi
|
Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.
|
rmtvci
|
Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.
|
rmtnsap
|
A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.
|
Related Commands
delchan, dspchan, dspchans
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
addchanloop
Add a Channel Loopback
Use the addchanloop command to configure a channel loopback to the current FRSM or AUSM card. This command causes the channel to loop at the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) stage.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
addchanloop <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number to be used for the loopback on the current card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
addchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 1-4095.
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
delchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-10 Add channel loopback onto channel number 21
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 21
Example 1-11 Add channel loopback onto port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 2.1.1
addcon
Add Connection
Use the addcon command to configure connectivity to the current card. The addcon command is preferable to addchan for adding a connection because addcon does not require the NSAP addresses.
Command execution includes a specification of the endpoint as either the master or the slave. Execute addcon first at the slave end, then the master end. Note the syntax for the master end includes a parameter SlaveConID. Rather than a single number, SlaveConID is the node name, slot number, port number, and connection identifier (if applicable) of the slave end.
Service Types
In software Release 1.1.31, the service type options are expanded on the AUSM 8T1/E1, to include Standard ABR and real-time VBR connections, and fo FRSM 8T1/E, all service types were added. Service types that are available via these modules are shown in Table 1-5.
Table 1-5 Service Types Configurable from the AUSM 8T1/E1 and FRSM 8T1/E1
AUSM 8T1/E1 Service Type
|
FRSM 8T1/E1 Service Type
|
Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
|
high priority
|
Variable Bit Rate (VBR)
|
real-time Variable Bit Rate (rt-VBR)
|
Standard ABR
|
non-real-time Variable Bit Rate (VBR)
|
Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)
|
fst ABR (ForeSight)
|
real-time Variable Bit Rate (rt-VBR)
|
Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)
|
ForeSight ABR
|
Standard ABR
|
ATM service categories support applications with distinct tolerances for delay, jitter, and cell loss, which in turn require control of bandwidth or throughput values. The ATM Forum has defined a family of service categories.
CBR and rt-VBR service types address the needs of applications that use precisely defined requirements for throughputs and delays. Applications that benefit from using these service categories include circuit emulation or entertainment-quality video.
VBR is treated in the software as non-real-time (nrt) VBR. This service type is intended for applications that have bursty traffic characteristics and do no have tight constraints on delay and delay variations. VBR service may support statistical multiplexing of connections.
UBR service type (the first service type developed for data) is intended for applications that have minimal service requirements, such as file transfers. UBR has no fairness of access mechanism—therefore, there is no way to specify higher priority connections.
ForeSight ABR (AUSM T1/E1) and fst ABR (FRSM T1/E1) are the Cisco-proprietary implementations of ABR. You can have both ForeSight ABR and Standard ABR connections on the same card. However, to migrate from ForeSight ABR connections to Standard ABR connections, you must physically delete the ForeSight ABR connection, then add the connection as Standard ABR using the addcon command.
Standard ABR service type, based on TM 4.0, is useful for many applications. However, the main focus for development of Standard ABR is the economical support of data traffic. Data is segmented into ATM cells. The loss of any of the cells triggers the retransmission of the entire packet by a higher protocol layer. ABR service includes sharply defined objectives for cell loss, based on configured cell-loss ranges and feedback from the network to the traffic source. The ABR service guarantees a particular cell-loss ratio for all traffic offered in proper response to network feedback from Resource Management (RM) cells.
Depending on the values of Nrm, Trm, and Mrm (always 2), every Nrmth cell is an RM cell or every cell aftrer Trm (msecs) is an RM cell. Mrm comes into play at very low data rates. These RM cells travel to the destination and back, testing for congestion in the path. If a switch or destination is congested, it will mark a bit in the RM cell. The sender of the original packet receives the RM cell, interprets that there is congestion occurring somewhere, and slows down packets/cells to prevent cell loss. Once RM cells round-trip and return to the sender unmarked (without congestion notification) the sender increases traffic until, once again, marked RM cells are returned, signalling network congestion. Please refer to ATM Forum's TM 4.0 for details on Source, Destination, and Switch behaviors.
There are two implementations of Standard ABR:
•Terminating Standard ABR—This form of Standard ABR creates one rate-based end-to-end feedback loop. Each of these connections acts as a Source as well as a destination in the forward and reverse data paths respectively, thereby terminating the feedbacki control loop. This implementation is available on both the FRSM-8T1/E1 and the AUSM-8T1/E1 service modules.
•Transparent ABR—Switch without Virtual Source/Virtual Destination behavior ABR. (default). This form of Standard ABR represents the Switch behavior as describe in ATM Forum's TM 4.0. Connections update the congestion information ("Congestion Indication" (CI) and "No Increase Indication" (NI) bits) in the RM cells in order to provide feedback to the source. This implementation is availalble only on the AUSM-8T1/E1 service module. Note that VS.VD for Transparent/Switch behavior is not supprted.
Please refer to Figure 1-2 for an illustration of this process.1
Figure 1-2 ABR Source, Destination, and Switch Behavior
To configure Standard ABR on the FRSM-8T1/E1:
1. Add a connection with the addcon command, specifying the service type as "9." Note that possible errors may be:
–Illegal/Invalid parameters.
–Channel already exists.
–Port may not be up.
–The default values for Mrm and Crm are 2 and TBE/NRM respectively, though these parameters cannot be seen using any command. These values remain constant through the life of the connection.
2. Once the Standard ABR connection has been added using the command addcon, see the default values using the dspchanstdabr command. Note the following information about the default values:
–The Standard ABR connection is of the type Terminating, not Transparent.
–The Minimum Cell Rate (MCR) and Peak Cell Rate (PCR) of the Standard ABR connection are inclusive of the RM cell bandwidth overhead. In other words, RM cells are sent in-band with the data cells belonging to a connection, and the overhead bandwidth (consumed by RM cells) must be taken into account while provisioning the bandwidth for the connection. For example, for a Standard ABR connection with an Nrm of 64, Trm of 200, assuming that the Nrm limit is hit before the Trm limit, the % overhead will be approximately 2% (1/64) for FRM cells + 2% for BRM cells = 4 %. Thus, the % bandwidth for data cells of the connection will be 96%.
3. The default ABR parameters can be either left as default or changed using the command cnfchanstdabr.
4. You can use the command cnfchanabrparams to configure all the parameters of the Standard ABR connection except the rate parameters.
5. You can use the command cnfchanabrrates to configure the rate parameters of the Standard ABR channel.
To configure Standard ABR on the AUSM 8T1/E1:
1. Add a channel with the addcon command, specifying the service type as "3." Note that possible errors may be:
–Illegal/Invalid parameters.
–Channel already exists.
–Port may not be up.
2. Once the Standard ABR connection has been added using the command addcon, see the default values using the dspconstdabr command (see Example 1-13). Note the following information about the default values:
–The default values for Mrm and Crm are 2 and TBE/FRTT respectively, though these parameters cannot be seen using any command. These values remain constant through the life of the connection.
–The standard ABR connection is a As noted above, a Standard ABR connection, when first added defaults to a Transparent ABR connection (Switch behavior without VS/VD or ABR.1).
–The Minimum Cell Rate (MCR) and Peak Cell Rate (PCR) of the standard ABR connection are inclusive of the RM cell bandwidth overhead. In other words, RM cells are sent in-band with the data cells belonging to a connection, and the overhead bandwidth (consumed by RM cells) must be taken into account while provisioning the bandwidth for the connection. For example, for a standard ABR connection with an Nrm of 64, Trm of 200, assuming that the Nrm limit is hit before the Trm limit, the % overhead will be approximately 2% (1/64) for FRM cells + 2% for BRM cells = 4 %. Thus, the % bandwidth for data cells of the connection will be 96%.
–Use the parameter Type of ABR Service. The Standard ABR implementation in AUSM-8 does not support Virtual Source/Virtual Destination (VS/VD) behavior.
3. The default ABR parameters can be either left as default or changed using the command cnfconstdabr. To toggle between Terminating Standard ABR behavior and Transparent (Switch) behavior, set the parameter "Type of ABR Service" to either "2" for Terminating Standard ABR or "1" for Transparent ABR.)
4. You can use the command cnfconabrparams to configure all the parameters of the Standard ABR connection except the rate parameters. It can even be used to toggle between Terminate and Transparent ABR. For more information about this command, refer to cnfconabrrates on page 169.
5. You can use the command cnfconabrrates to configure the rate parameters of the Standard ABR channel. The ability to configure the rate parameters of the channel are especially useful for a Transparent (switch behaving) ABR connection where the other parameters are not of much significance.
Upgrading to Standard ABR—AUSM-8T1/E1
1. Standard ABR and ForeSight ABR or fst ABR are connection-level features and require "Rate Control Feature" to be enabled on the card if the "Type of ABR Service" under cnfrconstdabr is set to "2" for Terminating Standard ABR.
2. Both Standard ABR and ForeSight ABR or fst ABR connections can co-exist on a card.
3. This implementation of Standard ABR does not support Virtual Source/Virtual Destination behavior or Explicit Rate (ER) marking of RM cells. Instead, binary feedback mechanisms are used. Any network element can provide its congestion status using the field "congestion Indication" (CI) and "No Increase Indication" (NI) in the RM cell, as long as it does not reset the existing Boolean value in these fields. Please note that though ER marking of RM cells is not supported by the destination or switch (in AUSM 8T1/E1), the source implemented inAUSM 8T1/E1will act on the ER feedback given by intermediate nodes.
4. After upgrading to software Release 1.1.31, any existing ABR.1 connection (Transparent ABR connection) will be serviced according to the new Standard ABR MIB elements. Prior to 1.1.31, ForeSight elements are being used to service ABR.1 connections.
5. To migrate from ForeSight ABR or fst ABR connections to Standard ABR connections, you must delete the ForeSight ABR or fst ABR connection, then add the connection as Standard ABR using the addcon command.
Upgrading to Standard ABR—FRSM-8T1/E1
1. To facilitate graceful upgrades from the current versions to the new versions of software, the object chanServType will be set to (0) (channel service type is displayed as a null string) and other configuration parameters remain unchanged. For the old model type of connections, Foresight connections, no direct migration exists to standard ABR connections. To migrate Foresight connections, you must reprovision.
Note To set up a three-segment connection across a network, specify the PXM as slot 0.
ForeSight and Standard ABR Coexistence Guidelines
In this release, Cisco has introduced the ability to support ABR TM4.0 as well as Foresight congestion control on the FRSM and AUSM modules. This section describes the major differences between the TM 4.0 compliant standard ABR and ForeSight. It also provides guidelines for the coexistence of ForeSight connections with standard ABR connections on the same network, with a worked example of how to configure the two different connection types to have similar characteristics.
Foresight and ABR Comparison
Foresight is similar to the rate-based ABR control system in TM 4.0, in that they both use Rate up and Rate down messages sent to the source of the connection to control the rate a connection runs at, based on congestion within the switches along that connection path. Both systems use Resource Management (RM) cells to pass these messages. The differences between the two systems that need to be considered are:
1. RM Cell generation
ForeSight is a destination driven congestion notification mechanism. This means the destination switch is responsible for generating the RM cells, which defaults to every 100 ms. This means that any rate modifications at the source end happen approximately every 100 ms, and the time delay between the actual congestion at the destination and the source receiving information about the time delay could be 100ms.
In standard ABR, a source generates FRM cells every (nRM) cell intervals, where "n" is configurable. These are used to pass congestion information along to the destination switch, which then uses this information to generate BRM (Backward RM cells) back to the source.
A further consideration is that the actual user data flow will be lower for an equivalent rate due to the additional RM cells. Therefore, the more traffic being generated on a connection at any one time, the faster the feedback will be to the source.
There is also a TRM parameter which states that, if no RM cells have been generated after this time has passed, then one will automatically be sent.
Depending upon the speed at which it is running, an ABR connection may react faster or slower to congestion than the equivalent Foresight connection. For example, if an ABR connection runs at 100 cells per second, and nRM is 32, then approximately three RM cells will be generated per second, or once every 300 msecs. If it runs at 1000 cps then an RM cell would be generated approximately every 30 msecs. In both cases, the equivalent Foresight connection would generate an RM cell every 100 msec)
2. Reaction to feedback messages—Rate Up
In ForeSight, in response to a Rate Up cell from the destination, the source increases its rate by a percentage of the MIR for that connection. If we call this percentage the rate increase percentage (RIP), then RIP is configurable at the card level and by default it is 10%. In the case where MIR is low, the ForeSight rate increase will be slow as it has to increase as a percentage of MIR (rather than CIR).
On a standard ABR connection, in the event of available bandwidth (no congestion), the source increases its rate by a factor of (RIF*PCR). This means the rate increase step sizes are much bigger than for ForeSight for larger values of RIF (RIF has a range of 1/2, 1/4,....,1/32768). If RIF is not configured properly then standard ABR will ramp up its rate much faster and to a higher value. This is aided by the fact that the step sizes are bigger and the step frequency is higher in comparison with ForeSight.
3. Reaction to feedback messages—Rate Down
In ForeSight on receiving a Rate Down cell from the remote end, the source reduces its current rate (actual cell rate) by 13%. We will call this the rate decrease percentage (RDP). RDP is configurable at the card level.
In standard ABR, rate decrease is by an amount (RDF*ACR). Currently, the default value of RDF is 1/16 (i.e 6.25%). This means when this connection co-exists with ForeSight connections, in the event of congestion ForeSight connection reduces its rate by 13% whereas standard ABR connection reduces its rate by only 6.25%. Therefore, in the case of co-existence and approximating the same behaviour across the two connection types, RDF should be changed to 1/8, so that both connections ramp down by the same amount, or 13%.
4. Fast-Down
In ForeSight, if the destination egress port drops any data due to congestion, then the destination sends a Fast Rate Down cell. Also, if a frame cannot be reassembled at the egress due to a lost cell somewhere in the network, a Fast-down is generated. On reception of Fast Rate Down the source reduces its current rate by 50% (this is again a card level configurable parameter).
Standard ABR does not distinguish between drops and the ECN/EFCI threshold being exceeded.
This means that, in case of drops in the egress port queue, a standard ABR connection rate reduces by only (RDF*ACR) but the ForeSight connection rate reduces by (ACR*0.5). Therefore, in the case of co-existence, if we need to approximate the same behavior across the two connection types then Fast down could effectively be disabled by configuring the reaction to be 13 % rate down instead of 50%.
Guidelines
Both Foresight and Standard ABR systems work together within the network, but as the above description suggests, if the differences between the two systems are not taken into consideration, then a Foresight connection and an ABR connection with the same configuration parameters will not behave the same way within the network.
ABR and Foresight provide a mechanism for distributing excess bandwidth between connections over and above the minimum rate, therefore if these guidelines are not taken into consideration, the allocation of this excess bandwidth may be biased towards connections running one of these algorithms over connections running the other.
If this is a requirement, the following guidelines in Table 1-6 may be useful, assuming ForeSight is set to defaults except for Fast_Rate_down (which is set for 13%).
Table 1-6 Guidelines for Foresight and Std. ABR Cooexistence
Parameter Value
|
Setting
|
Inrate Cell Count (NRM)
|
rm needs to be set at a value whereby the approximate RM cell generation is 100 milliseconds, to match that of Foresight. This is a calculation based on the expected average, or sustained, cell rate of the connection. However, if the (potential) fast-down messages from Foresight are left to equate to 50% rate down, then an estimate of how often this may occur needs to be made and factored into the equation. If the connection receives fast-down messages then this would make the Foresight connection react faster than the equivalent ABR connection to congestion. To compensate for this, Nrm needs to be set at a value of less than 100 msecs, a suggested value to aim for is between 60-70 secs (this would be approximate as n is configurable in steps of 2**n). This would mean that, in the event of congestion, the ABR connection would start to react faster.
|
Rate Increase Factor (RIF)
|
A factor of PCR in ABR and MCR in Foresight. The default RIF for Foresight is MCR*.10. Therefore, RIF should be configured so that (PCR*RIF) approximates MCR*0.1. If Fast-Down is still effectively enabled, then PCR*RIF should approximate MCR*0.62 to compensate.
|
Rate Decrease Factor (RDF)
|
RDF should be 1/8. This approximates to 13% that Foresight uses.
|
Example
Assume a network is currently running Foresight with default parameters, and supports the following four connection type, where CIR = MIR, PIR = port speed and QIR = PIR:
·T1 Port Speed = 64K CIR
Example: CIR = MIR = 64K
PIR = QIR = port speed = 1544
Fastdown = 13%
The following calculation used to convert between Frame based parameters (CIR, PIR etc) and their equivalent cell-based parameters is FR_param *3/800. This allows for cell overheads based on frame sizes of 100 octets.)
CIR = MIR = (64000*3/800) = 240 cps
PIR = QIR = (1544 *3/800) = 5790 cps
Table 1-7 Guidelines for Foresight and ABR Settings
Foresight
|
ABR
|
Rate-up equals (240*.1) = 24 cps
|
RIF equals "x" where (1590/x) = 24 cps
"x"needs to be approximately 200
RIF equals 256 (nearest factor of 2)
|
RDF equals 13%
|
RDF = 1/8
|
Nrm equals 100 msecs
|
RM cells are generated in the range 6 (5790 cps approx equal to 32 cells per 6 msecs) and 133 msecs (240 cps approx equal to 32 cells every 133 msecs) depending on ACR.
|
Performance Parameters for Foresight and Standard ABR
AUSM-8 Performance
Following performance is measured for E1 card. The "% of throughput" is % bandwidth of total line bandwidth.
Table 1-8 Foresight Connections
No. of Connections
|
Throughput
|
% of Throughput
|
8
|
36000 cps/card, (15.9 Mbps),
|
99%
|
512
|
29268 cps/card, (12.66 Mbps),
|
82.8%
|
1000
|
28277 cps/card, (11.9 Mbps),
|
78%
|
Table 1-9 Source/Destination Behaviour Standard ABR Connections. Connection Configuration Setting: Nrm = 64, Trm = 100 ms
No. of Connections
|
Throughput
|
% of Throughput
|
8
|
36000 cps/card, (15.5 Mbps),
|
96.86% (Limited by Nrm)
|
1000
|
20214 cps/card, (8.9 Mbps),
|
55.55% (Limited by Trm)
|
Table 1-10 Switch Behaviour Standard ABR Connections. Connection Configuration Setting:
Nrm = 64, Trm = 100 ms
No. of Connections
|
Throughput
|
% of Throughput
|
Full bandwidth supported.
|
Table 1-11 Source/Destination Behaviour Standard ABR Connections. Connection Configuration Setting: Nrm = 64, Trm = 100 ms
No. of Connections
|
Throughput
|
% of Throughput
|
8
|
36000 cps/card, (15.5 Mbps),
|
96.86% (Limited by Nrm)
|
1000
|
20214 cps/card, (8.9 Mbps),
|
55.55% (Limited by Trm)
|
FRSM-8 Performance
Table 1-12 FRSM-8 Performance: Connection Configuration Setting: Nrm = 64, TRM = 100 ms, Frame size = 100 bytes
No. of Connections
|
Throughput
|
64
|
12.6 Mbps
|
1000
|
7.1 Mbps),
|
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
addcon <port_no> <conn_type> <local_VPI> <local_VCI> <service> [CAC] [mastership] [remoteConnId]
Syntax Description
port_no
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
conn_type
|
Value to set virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection (VCC).
•1 = VPC
•2 = VCC
|
local_VPI
|
Local virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.
|
local_VCI
|
Local virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.
|
service
|
Value to set type of service.
•1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
•2 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
•3 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
•4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
CAC
|
Enable or disable connection admission control. Before a connection is added, a connection admission test can be done to check if the port can accommodate the new connection without affecting the promised bandwidth for already existing connections. CAC for Standard ABR connections is done based on the connection's MCR.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (default)
|
mastership
|
Value to set master or slave.
•1 = master (You must also set remoteConnId for the master.)
•2 = slave (default)
|
remoteConnId
|
Remote connection identifier, in the format NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.VPI.VCI.
|
Syntax: AUSM-8T1/8E1
addcon <port number> <Channel VPI> <Channel VCI> <Connection Type> <Service Type> [Controller Type] [Mastership] [Remote End Connection Id]
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number for T1 or E1, values ranging from 1-8.
|
Channel VPI
|
Virtual Path Identifier value in the range 0-255. The VPI, together with the VCI, is used to identify the next destination of a cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches on its way to its destination.
|
Channel VCI
|
Virtual Channel Identifier in the range 0-65535 for VCC * for VPC.
|
Connection Type
|
One of the following values:
•0 = VCC
•non zero = Local VP Id of the VPC (in the range 1-1000)
|
Service Type
|
Select one of the following Service Types:
•1 = CBR
•2 = VBR
•3 = Standard ABR
•4 = UBR
•5 = rt-VBR
•6 = ForeSight ABR
|
Controller Type (Signalling)
|
Select one of the following types:
•1 = PVC (PAR) (the default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the connection as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and external connection ID number.
|
Example 1-12 Add a Standard ABR connection with default parameters.
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > addcon
Syntax : addcon "port_num vpi vci conn_type service_type [Controller_Type]
[mastership] [remoteConnId]
port number -- values ranging from 1-8
Channel VPI -- Virtual Path Identifier: 0 - 255
Channel VCI -- Virtual Channel Identifier: 0 - 65535 for VCC, * for VPC
Connection Type -- Connection Type : 0 - VCC , non zero - Local
VP Id of the VPC (1 to 1000)
Service Type -- Service Type: 1 - CBR, 2 - VBR, 3 - Standard ABR,
4 - UBR, 5 - rt-VBR, 6 - ForeSight ABR
Controller Type (Signalling) -- 1: PVC (PAR) - Default , 2: SPVC (PNNI)
Mastership -- 1 for master, 2 for slave Default:Slave
Remote end Connection ID -- Format : NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.ExternalConnId
a) Illegal/Invalid parameters
b) channel already exists
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > addcon 1 30 300 0 3 1 1 pxmsjc.11.1.20.200
Example 1-13 Use the dspconstdabr command to view standard ABR values. The following default values will be taken by the Standard ABR parameters for a connection.
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspconstdabr
Minimum Cell Rate : 10 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate : 10 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate : 10 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor : 128
Rate Decrease Factor : 16
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count : 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm : 255 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure : 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time : 0 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor : 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor : 16
ABRType : Switch behavior without VS/VD
Syntax: FRSM-T1/E1
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> [CAC] [controller type] [mastership] [RemoteEndConID] [service type]
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number in the range:
•T1 = 1-192
•E1 = 1-248
|
DLCI
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
Committed information rate (CIR) bps value:
•For T1 = in the range 0-1536000
•For E1 = in the range 0-2048000.
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
•1 = NIW (network interworking)
•2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
•3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
•4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
•5 = frame forwarding
|
Connection Admission Control (CAC)
|
This is an optional parameter. You can select one of the following values:
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (the default)
|
controller type
|
Value to set signalling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
•1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of connection as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable connection admission control (CAC).
•1 = enable CAC
•2 = disable CAC (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
service type
|
Select one of the following service types:
•1 = high priority
•2 = rtVBR (real-time)
•3 = nrtVBR (non-real-time)
•4 = fstABR (ForeSight)
•5 = UBR
•9 = stdABR
|
Syntax: FRSM-2CT3
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number in the range 1-256.
|
DLCI
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
Committed information rate (CIR) bps value, in the range 0-1536000.
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
•1 = NIW (network interworking)
•2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
•3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
•4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
•5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
•1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
•2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
•3 = nrtVBRQ (non-real-time variable bit rate connections)
•4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
•5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable connection admission control (CAC).
•1 = enable CAC
•2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signalling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
•1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of connection as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: FRSM-2T3/2E3
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number in the range 1-2.
|
DLCI
|
Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
Committed information rate (CIR) bps value for 2T3 or 2E3.
•2T3 range = 0-44210000
•2E3 range = 0-34010000
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
•1 = NIW (network interworking)
•2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
•3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
•4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
•5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
•1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
•2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
•3 = nrtVBRQ (non-real-time variable bit rate connections)
•4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
•5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable CAC.
•1 = enable CAC
•2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signalling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
•1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of connection as master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
•0 = PAR
•1 = PNNI
•2 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS2
addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-2.
|
DLCI
|
Data-link channel identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.
|
CIR
|
Committed information rate (CIR) bps value, in the range 0-51840000.
|
channel type
|
Value to set type of connection on this channel.
•1 = NIW (network interworking)
•2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)
•3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)
•4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)
•5 = frame forwarding
|
egress service type
|
Value to set type of egress service provided on this channel.
•1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)
•2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)
•3 = nrtVBRQ (non-real-time variable bit rate connections)
•4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)
•5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)
|
Adm_cntrl
|
Value to enable or disable CAC.
•1 = enable CAC
•2 = disable CAC (default)
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signalling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
•1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of the connection as master or slave.
1 = master
2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
•0 = PAR
•1 = PNNI
•2 = TAG
or
Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
|
Syntax: CESM 8T1/E1
addcon <port_num> <sig_type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signalling> [controller_type] [mastership] [RemoteEndConID]
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number for T1 or E1 interface.
•T1 range = 1-192
•E1 range = 1-248
|
sig_type
|
Channel associated signalling (CAS) value.
•1 = basic
•2 = E1 CAS
•3 = DS1 superframe CAS
•4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS
|
partial_fill
|
Number of bytes to set cell fills, as associated with line types.
•Partial fill, in the range 0-47. Enter the value either 0 or 47 to set this parameter for fully filled cells.
•Structured T1, in the range 25-47.
•Structured E1, in the range 20-47.
•Unstructured T1/E1, in the range 33-47.
|
cond_data
|
Conditional data UDT or SDT.
•UDT = 255
•SDT range = 0-255
Conditional data is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.
|
cond_signalling
|
Conditional signalling, in the range 0-15.
Conditional signalling is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.
|
controller_type
|
Value to set signalling controller type as either PVC or SPVC.
•1 = PVC (PAR) (default)
•2 = SPVC (PNNI)
|
mastership
|
Value to set status of current end as the master or slave.
•1 = master
•2 = slave (default)
|
RemoteEndConID
|
Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.
or
Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:
•0 = PAR
•1 = PNNI
•2 = TAG
or
The node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.
Note Note: the slot number should be set to 0 (zero) to point to the active PXM.
|
Related Commands
delcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
addendpt
Add End Point
Use the addendpt command to set the endpoints on the VISM card. An endpoint is a logical port that consists of one or more DS0s. It resembles the logical port on the channelized FRSM or CESM card. The ds1_num and the ds0_list are used to create the endpoint ID. The SU requires the endpoint ID to send the Create Connection (CRCX) command of the SGCP protocol to the VISM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
addendpt <endpoint_num> <ds1_num> <ds0_list>
Syntax Description
endpoint_num
|
Number of the endpoint, in the range 1-240.
|
ds1_num
|
Number of the physical line associated with this endpoint, in the range 1-8.
|
ds0_list
|
The list of DS0s at this endpoint. Set the list number as appropriate for T1, E1, or VISM.
•E1 range = 1- 31
•T1 range = 1-24
•VISM: DS0s can be non-contiguous
You must separate individual DS0s by a period (.). For the current release of the VISM, only 1 DS0 can exist on an endpoint. For multiple DS0s, you can specify a range of DS0s with a dash (-). For example, 1.3-5 means DS0s 1, 3, 4, and 5.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-14 Add endpoint number 1 to physical line 1. This endpoint uses DS0 1.
spirit4.1.28.VISM.a > addendpt 1 1 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
addimagrp
Add IMA Group
Use the addimagrp command to configure an IMA group for the current AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addimagrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_links>
Syntax Description
group_num
|
Number of the IMA group to be configured, in the range 1-8.
|
port_type
|
Value to set port type as either UNI or NNI.
•1 = UNI
•2 = NN1
|
list_of_links
|
List of links to be included in group_num. Delineate each item with a (.) in the list.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-15 Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5
spirit4.1.88.AUSM.a > addimagrp 2 1 3.4.5
spirit4.1.88.AUSM.a >
addlink
Add Link
Use the addlink command to configure a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addlink <T3LineNum> <T1Slot> <Numberof T1s> <TargetSlotNum> <TargetSlotLineNum>
Syntax Description
T3LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
•slot = enter the value 15 or 31
•port range = 1-3
Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active) and slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
|
T1Slot
|
T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.
|
Number of T1s
|
Number of T1s, in the range 1-8.
|
Target Slot num
|
T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the ranges 1-6, or 11-14, or 17-22, or 27-30.
|
TargetSlotLineNum
|
T1 line number in the slot to be linked, in the range 1-4 or 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dsplink, dellink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-16 Add a link between the T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlink 15.2 1 3 5
addlmiloop
Add Loopback Line
Use the addlmiloop command to stop sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with addfdrlp on the BPX. This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.
After you have executed the addlmiloop command on the MGX 8250 switch and the addfdrlp command on the BPX series switch, use the dsplmistats command on the BPX switch. The dsplmistats command shows the LMI messages exchanged between the BPX series switch and the MGX 8250 switch. The LMI messages will not show an increase after LMI looping is implemented.
Figure 1-3 Status Messages Halted between an MGX 8250 Switch and a BPX Switch
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addlmiloop <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
•Slot number, in the range 1-32
•Port number, in the range 1-256
|
Related Commands
dellmiloop, dsplmiloop
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-17 Add an LMI loopback line numbered 1 to the current card (the PXM in slot 8)
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlmiloop 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-18 Add a feeder loop on the BPX
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addfdrlp 5.5
Example 1-19 Display LMI loop
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
Example 1-20 Display LMI statistics for the BPX; number of LMI messages in the statistics does not increase
VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled
Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10
Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10
Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5
Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10
Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5
Status Rx: 46504 Spc Polling Timer : 2
Status Enq Tx: 46546 Spc Retry Timer : 0
Status Enq Rx: 92014 Spc Retry Counter : 1
Status Tx: 92014 Node Status Retry Timer : 0
Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0
Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 8
VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled
Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10
Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10
Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5
Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10
Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5
Status Rx: 46511 Spc Polling Timer : 0
Status Enq Tx: 46553 Spc Retry Timer : 0
Status Enq Rx: 92028 Spc Retry Counter : 1
Status Tx: 92028 Node Status Retry Timer : 0
Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0
Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 9
addln
Add Line
Use the addln command to activate an OC-12, OC-3, T3, or E3 line on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM-series, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM-series, VISM
Syntax: PXM
addln -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
E3 line number format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value of 7. Enter 8 if the active PXM is in slot 8
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET
|
Note You can activate only one PXM line on the feeder implementation of an MGX 8250 switch node. With an OC-12 trunk, the only active port with any MGX 8250 switch implementation is port 1.
Syntax: FRSM (8T1, 2CT3, HS1/B), AUSM, SRM, CESM, VISM
addln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•8T1 range = 1-2
•CT3 range = 1-2
•HS1/B range = 1-4
|
Syntax: AUSM (8T1/E1, IMATM-T3T1/E3E1), SRM, CESM, VISM
addln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfln, delln, dspln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)
|
Example 1-21 Add a line numbered 1 to current card (the PXM in slot 8)
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addln 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
addlnloop
Add Line Loop
Use the addlnloop command to set a specified line in loopback state on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
addlnloop -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
E3 line number format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•port = value in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM
addlnloop <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number to be set in loopback state, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1 range = 1-8
–HS1/B range = 1-4
•AUSM
–8T1/8E1 range = 1-8
–IMATM-T3T1/E3E1 range = 1-8
•CESM, enter a value in the range 1-8
|
Related Commands
dellnloop
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Service (Any on PXM)
|
addlns2aimgrp
Add Lines to an AIM Group
Use the addlns2aimgrp command to add lines to an existing AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
addlns2aimgrp <grp_num> <list_of_lines>
Syntax Description
grp_num
|
Number of the AIMUX group on which lines are to be added, in the range 1-8.
|
list_of_lines
|
List of lines to be associated with this AIMUX group. Use dotted format to delineate each line in your entry string.
|
Related Commands
dellnsfmaimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-22 Add lines 1 and 2 to IMA group 2
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addlns2aimgrp 2 1.
addport
Add Port
Use the addport command to add a service port to the shelf's configuration.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM OC-3
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
OC-3 port number to be added, in the range 1-32.
|
line_number
|
OC-3 line number. Enter the value 4.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: PXM OC-12 back cards
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
OC-12 port number to be added, in the range 1-32.
|
line_number
|
OC-12 line number. Enter the value 1.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: PXM T3/E3 back cards
addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_VPI> <max_VPI>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
line_number
|
T3/E3 line number. Enter the value 2.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_VPI
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_VPI
|
VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: FRSM-8T1E1 and FRSM-8T1E1-C cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number of either the FRSM-8T1 or the FRSM-8E1.
•FRSM-8T1 range = 1-192
•FRSM-8E1 range = 1-248
|
line_num
|
FRSM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.
|
ds0_speed
|
Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
•1 = 56 Kbps
•2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
•1 = Frame Relay
•2 = FUNI
•3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3 Cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-2T3 or FRSM-2E3, in the range 1-2.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-2T3E3 line number in the range 1-2.
|
port_type
|
Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
•1 = Frame Relay
•2 = FUNI
•3= frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-2CT3
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-2CT3, in the range 1-256.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-2CT3 line number in the range 1-56.
|
ds0_speed
|
Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
•1 = 56 Kbps
•2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Number of the begging timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
•1 = Frame Relay
•2 = FUNI
•3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B
addport <port_num> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
•X.21 range = 1-4
•HSSI range = 1-2
|
port_type
|
Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
•1 = Frame Relay
•2 = FUNI
•3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS2
addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the FRSM-HS2, in the range 1-2.
|
line_num
|
FRSM-HS2 line number, in the range 1-2.
|
ds0_speed
|
Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.
•1 = 56 Kbps
•2 = 64 Kbps
|
begin_slot
|
Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.
•1 = Frame Relay
•2 = FUNI
•3 = frame forwarding
|
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number on the CESM-8T1 or CESM-8E1 card.
•CESM-8T1 range = 1-192
•CESM-8E1 range = 1-248
|
line_num
|
CESM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.
|
begin_slot
|
Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
num_slot
|
Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.
|
port_type
|
Type of service as either structured, unstructured, or framing on VC disconnect.
•1 = structured
•2 = unstructured
•3 = framing on VC disconnect
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3 cards
addport <port_num> <line_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number. Enter the value 1.
|
line_num
|
Line number. Enter the value 1.
|
Related Commands
cnfport, delport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)
|
Example 1-23 Add port 1 on line 1 with DS0 timeslots 1 through 24 assigned as structured
node501.1.1.CESM.a > addport 1 1 1 24 1
addred
Add Redundancy
Use the addred command to link two MGX 8250 switch slots (a primary slot and a secondary slot) so that the switch treats the cards in these slots as a redundant pair of cards.
The secondary slot should be in the same half of the shelf (upper or lower) as the primary slot. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:N. If the redundancy is 1:N, you must link one secondary slot to N primary slots through multiple executions of this command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addred <redPrimarySlotNum> <redSecondarySlotNum> <redType>
Syntax Description
redPrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
redSecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
redType
|
Value to set type of redundancy to be deployed on the PXM.
1 = 1:1
2 = 1:N
|
Related Commands
dspred, delred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-24 Add 1:1 redundancy between card in slot 4 and card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addred 1 4 1
A system response does not occur unless a system error is detected.
addrscprtn
Add Resource Partition
Use the addrscprtn command to configure resource partitions for the current PXM.
A resource partition on a PXM consists of a percentage of bandwidth, a VPI/VCI range, and the number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) available to a network control application. The network control applications are Portable AutoRoute (PAR) and Tag switching. The configuration should reflect future development plans for PNNI or other controllers.
Note On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set type of network control application to be used on the logical interface.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
ingr_pct_bw
|
Percentage of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egr_pct_bw
|
Percentage of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_vci
|
Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vci
|
Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_chans
|
Maximum global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.
|
Related Commands
cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn, dsplnrsc
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
addserialif
Add Serial Interface
Use the addserialif command to add a serial interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addserialif <serial_port_num>
Syntax Description
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number.
•1 = console
•2 = slip
|
Related Commands
cnfserialif, dspserialif
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-25 Configure speed on SLIP for 19200 bps
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addserialif 1
addtrapmgr
Add Trap Manager
Use the addtrapmgr command to set up an SNMP trap manager for use with stand-alone applications. A trap manager registered (added) and reregistered through the SNMP interface by Cisco WAN Manager is deregistered (deleted) after 30 minutes if it is not reregistered. Trap managers that are added using the addtrapmgr command will not age, and will not be deleted after 30 minutes.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addtrapmgr <ip_addr> <portnum>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format. This setting is the IP address assigned to the port on the trap manager.
|
portnum
|
Port number on the trap manager workstation to be used to receive traps. Default = 162.
|
Related Commands
deltrapmgr, dsptrapmgr, xcnftrapmgr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-26 Add a trap manager with the IP address of 161.10.144.56 to port 162
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrapmgr 161.10.144.56 162
addtrk
Add Trunk
Use the PAR addtrk command to activate a specified trunk on the current PXM.
The addtrk command applies only to routing node implementation. Execute addtrk after you have partitioned resources for PAR by using addrscprtn and configured the broadband interface as a trunk by using cnfifastrk.
Note Traffic class and max vpc conids should match before executing the addtrk command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
addtrk <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Port identifier of the trunk to activate, using the format slot.port.
•slot ranges = 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload, dsptrks
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-27 Activate trunk on port 4 in the card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrk 1.4
adduser
Add User
Use the adduser command to configure a user name and associated access level on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
adduser <user_ ID> <accessLevel>
Syntax Description
user_ID
|
Name to be used as the login at the PXM.
•The name can consist of up to 12 characters composed of alpha and numeric characters, special characters "_" and "-".
•The name must begin with an alpha character and cannot contain spaces. The name is case-sensitive.
|
accessLevel
|
System privilege level to be allocated for the user ID.
•GROUP1 (highest level)
•GROUP2
•GROUP3
•GROUP4
•GROUP5
•ANYUSER (lowest level)
The new user that you configure cannot have an access level that is higher than that defined for the current login ID.
|
Related Commands
dspusers, deluser
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 5-6
|
Example 1-28 Add a user named fin with privilege level ANYUSER
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > adduser fin ANYUSER
agetrapmgr
Age Trap Manager
Use the agetrapmgr command to activate or deactivate aging on trap managers.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
agetrapmgr <ip_addr> <aging>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
Use ip_addr 0.0.0.1 for all managers.
|
aging
|
Value to enable or disable aging of either the individual trap managers, or all trap managers.
•1 = enable (default)
•2 = disable
If enabled, the trap manager is deleted from the table after a period of 30 minutes.
|
Related Commands
dsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
aimhelp
AIM Help
Use the aimhelp command to display the Help screen for the AUSM service module.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
aimhelp
Related Commands
help
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-29 Display Help screen for AUSM service module
raviraj.1.9.AUSM8.a > aimhelp
addcon : Add a Connection
addimagrp : Add an IMA group
addlnloop : Configure a line in local loopback
addlns2imagrp : Add lines to an existing IMA group
clralmcnt : Clear DS1 alarm count
clralmcnts : Clear alarm count for all DS1 lines
clralm : Clear the DS1 line alarms
clrchancnt : Clear Channel Counters
clrchancnts : Clear Channel Counters for all channels
clralms : Clear DS1 alarms on all lines
clrimagrpcnt : Clear IMA group Counters
clrimalncnt : Clear IMA counters on a particular line
clrportcnt : Clear Port Counters
clrportcnts : Clear Port Counters for all ports
clrsarcnt : Clear SAR channel counters
clrsarcnts : Clear SAR counters for all channels
clrslftst : Clear self test results
clrimatst : clear IMA test procedure
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
cnfchanfst : Configure the channel foresight parameters
cnfchanq : Configure the channel queue parameters
cnffst : Configure foresight params of a card
cnfportq : Configure Egress queue parameters
cnfimagrp : Configure an IMA group
cnfilmi : Configure ILMI parameters of a port
cnfln : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnflnloop : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnfplpp : Configure DS1/E1 line
cnfslftst : Configure self test parameters
cnfsvcrange : Partition Resource between PVCs & SVCs
cnfupccbr : Configure UPC parameters of CBR connection
cnfupcvbr : Configure UPC parameters of VBR connection
cnfupcabr : Configure UPC parameters of ABR connection
cnfupcubr : Configure UPC parameters of UBR connection
cnfimatst : Enable the IMA test procedure
cnfimaalmparm : COnfigure the IMA alaram Integration UP and DOWN times
copychans : Copy a template connection
delimagrp : Delete an IMA group
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
delcon : Delete a connection
dellnloop : Remove a DS1 line from local loopback
dellnsfmimagrp : Delete lines from an existing IMA group
dnport : Down an ATM port
dspalm : Display DS1 alarms on a line
dspalmcnf : Display DS1 alarm configuration
dspalmcnt : Display alarm count for DS1 line
dspalms : Display DS1 alarms on all lines
dspcd : Display card information
dspchancnt : Display channel counters
dspcon : Display connection configuration
dspcons : Display all the configured connections
dspfeature : Display the features
dspfst : Display the card Foresight params
dspilmi : Display ILMI parms of a port
dspilmicnt : Display ILMI counters of a port
dspimagrp : Display all parms configured for an IMA group
dspimagrpcnt : Display IMA group Counters
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
dspimagrps : Display the configured IMA groups
dspimalncnt : Display IMA counters on a particular line
dspimatst : Display IMA test status
dspimaln : Display IMA link status
dspimaalmparm : Display IMA alaram integration times
dsplns : Display all DS1 lines
dsploads : Display the total bandwidth used up in each port
dspplpp : Display the PLPP configuration of each line
dspport : Display the configured ATM/IMA port
dspportcnt : Display Port Counters
dspportq : Display the egress queue configuration
dspportqs : Display configuration of all egress queues
dspports : Display the configured ATM/IMA ports
dspsarcnt : Display the SAR counters of a connection
dspsarcnts : Display the SAR counters of all connections
dspslftst : Display self test configuration
dspslftsttbl : Display the self test results
dspsttatparms : Display the statistics params configured
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
dspsvcrange : Display the resource partition between PVCs & SVCs
dsptotals : Display the total connections configured per port
runslftstno : Run a particular self test
tstcon : Test the connection towards the N/W side
tstconseg : Test the connection towards the CPE side
tstconsti : Test the connection towards the N/W side using STI supervis
tstdelay : Measure the delay towards the N/W side
tstdelaysti : Measure the delay towards the N/W side using STI supervisor
xcnfalm : Configure alms of a DS1 line
xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line
xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line
arpAdd
Add Address Resolution Protocol Entry
Use the arpAdd command to add an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry to the ARP table. This Internet protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpAdd <ip_address> <mac_address>
Syntax Description
ip_address
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
mac_address
|
Standardized data link layer address, 6 bytes long. Also known as a hardware address, MAC-layer address, and physical address.
|
Related Commands
arpShow, arpDelete, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-30 Add an ARP entry on current PXM, then show ARP entry
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpAdd 172.29.36.102 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b
190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
172.29.36.102 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
arpDelete
Delete Address Resolution Protocol Entry
Use the arpDelete command to delete an entry in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpDelete <ip_addr>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpShow, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-31 Delete ARP entry for IP address 172.29.36.102
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a> arpDelete 172.29.36.102
172.29.36.102 (172.29.36.102) deleted
arpFlush
Flush Address Resolution Protocol Table
Use the arpFlush command to remove non-permanent entries from the ARP table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpFlush
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpDelete, arpShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-32 Flush ARP table, then show ARP table
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpFlush
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
arpShow
Show Address Resolution Protocol Table
Use the arpShow command to display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP table contains IP address-to-MAC address translations mapped by the ARP protocol.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
arpShow
Related Commands
arpAdd, arpDelete, arpFlush
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-33 Show ARP table on current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow
190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b
171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20
bootChange
Boot Change
Use the bootChange command to change to the boot IP address and gateway address of a PXM card. The IP address you define will be used only when the PXM is in boot state. Use the cnfifip command to assign IP addresses for the PXM and the shelf. Note that the bootChange values are sent and automatically updated on the standby card, and bootlines are synchronized.
The PXM tries to correct bad entries when it boots up. This information is copied to the standby card. If the bootChange IP address is different from the shelf IP address, then it will bring the Ethernet interface up on the standby with the bootChange IP address.
The shellconn version of this command updates only the local bootline values.
Note that several parameters are necessary for the network to function; specifically:
•Ethernet interface
•IP address and subnetmask
•Default Ethernet gateway
Note If the firmware fails to reach the CLI prompt or comes up in backup boot, the Ethernet interface could be down, a problem created by an identical shelf IP address and boot change address. In such a case, the bootChange command could be used from the shell to set another IP address and then usrEnetEnable should be called to activate that address.
If the CLI prompt is not there or if the switch is not enabled and in backup boot, you can use the usrEnetEnable command to bring up the Ethernet interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
bootChange
Related Commands
cnfifip
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-34 Execute bootChange on current PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > bootChange
'.' = clear field; '-' = go to previous field; ^D = quit
inet on ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.41 : ffffff00
gateway inet (g) : 172.29.37.1
ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh):
bye
Bye
Use the bye command to exit the current CLI shell.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
bye
Related Commands
logout
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-35 Exit current CLI shell
cc
Change Card
Use the cc command to navigate from card to card on the shelf.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
cc <slotNumber>
Syntax Description
slotNumber
|
Number of the card slot, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-36 Switch from AUSM in slot 22 to PXM in slot 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > cc 8
A system message does not occur unless an error is detected. If the card slot is empty, an error message is presented.
cd
Change Directory
Use the cd command to change the current directory on the PXM hard disk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cd <directory_name>
Syntax Description
directory_name
|
Name of the target directory.
|
Related Commands
ls, pwd, rename, deltree, copy
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-37 Change directory to FW
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd FW
Verify the current directory by using the pwd command.
Example 1-38 Return to Root directory
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd ..
clraimgrpcnt
Clear AIM Group Counters
Use the clraimgrpcnt command to clear all the AIMUX-related counters for all lines in the specified AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clraimgrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
Number of the AIMUX group number on which you want to clear the AIMUX counters, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-39 Clear all AIM group counters in AIM group 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimgrpcnt 8
clraimlncnt
Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters
Use the clraimlncnt command to clear all the AIMUX line counters for the specified IMA group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clraimlncnt (or clrimalncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
Number of the AIMUX group on which you want to clear the line counters associated with an IMA group, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspaimlncnt, clrimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-40 Clear all AIM line counters in AIM group 8
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimlncnt 8
clrallcnf
Clear All Configurations
Use the clrallcnf command to clear all configuration elements for all the cards in the node. The system will query for confirmation before executing the clrallcnf command.
Caution Take care when using this command. This will clear all configuration files on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrallcnf
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-3
|
Example 1-41 Clear Configuration Confirmation Query
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clrallcnf
All SM's config will be deleted, and
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No
clralm
Clear Alarm
Use the clralm command to clear alarms on a specified line on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected. If alarms on a line are cleared with this command, the results may be observable through the dspalm command.
This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
clralm -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNUM>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
E3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
SONET line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNUM entry.
|
PLCPNUM
|
Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLCP) number, in the range 1-N.
•line number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM
clralm -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
•FRSM
–8T1: for DS1, enter a value in the range 1-8
–HS1/B: for X.21 enter a value in the range 1-4
•AUSM, enter a value in the range 1-8
•CEAM: for CESM_8P enter a value in the range 1-8
|
Syntax: SRM-3T3
clralm -srmds3 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-srmds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
LineNum = 1-N, where N = 3 if SRM-3T3
|
Syntax: FRSM-HS1
clralm -hs1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-hs1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
LineNum = 1-N, where N = 4 if FRSM
|
Related Commands
clralms, dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 5-6
|
Example 1-42 Clear all alarms caused by the collection of statistical data for line 1 on current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralm -ds1 1
clralmcnt
Clear Alarm Counters
Use the clralmcnt command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the specified line on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
clralmcnt -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNUM>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
E3 line number in the format slot.port
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
SONET line number in the format slot.port
•slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNUM entry.
|
PLCPNUM
|
Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLCP) value. Range: 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM
clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM range = 1-8
•AUSM range = 1-8
•CESM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
dspalmcnt, clralmcnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any (5 on PXM)
|
Example 1-43 Clear all alarm counters and statistics collected for line 1 on current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnt -ds1 1
clralmcnts
Clear All Alarm Counters/Statistics on Current Card
Use the clralmcnts command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clralmcnts
Related Commands
dspalmcnt, clralmcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
Example 1-44 Clear all alarm counters and statistics collected for current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnts
clralms
Clear Alarms on Card
The clralms command clears alarms on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected.
This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM,CESM, or VISM
clralms -ds1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number on which to clear alarms, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
Related Commands
clralm, dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
Example 1-45 Clear all alarms triggered by the collection of statistics for line 1 on current card
node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralms -ds1 1
clratmlncnt
Clear All ATM Line Counters on Specified Line Number
The clratmlncnt clears the ATM event counters for the specified line on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clratmlncnt <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number on which to clear the ATM event counters, in the range 1-4.
|
Related Commands
clratmlncnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-46 Clear all ATM event counters for line 1 on the PXM
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnt 1
clratmlncnts
Clear All ATM Line Counters on All Lines
Use the clratmlncnts command to remove all ATM counters on all the lines on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clratmlncnts
Related Commands
clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-47 Clear all ATM event counters on the PXM
node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnts
clrbertcntrs
Clear BERT Counters
Use the clrbertcntrs command to remove all counters associated with bit error rate testing (BERT).
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3
Syntax
clrbertcntrs
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-48 Clear all BERT counters on the current FRSM
raviraj.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > clrbertcntrs
clrcderrs
Clear Hardware/Reset Errors in BRAM
The clrcderrs command clears all card-related errors in an MGX 8250 series switch card. No response messages appear on screen. Refer to the dspcderrs description to see an example of the errors that this command clears, or execute the dspcderrs command before and after executing the clrcderrs command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrcderrs
Related Commands
dspcderrs
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-49 Clear all card-related errors on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrcderrs
clrchancnt
Clear Channel Counters on Specified Channel
Use the clrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for the specified channel on the current card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
The Frame Relay counters for each channel are:
•Received frames: bytes, DE, discarded, FECN, BECN
•Received frames tagged FECN, BECN, DE
•Received frames discarded for shelf alarms, exceeded queue depth, exceeded DE threshold
•Received bytes: DE, discarded
•Transmitted bytes: DE, discarded
•Transmitted bytes discarded for exceeded queue depth
•Transmitted bytes during LMI logical port alarm
•Transmitted frames tagged FECN, BECN
•Transmitted frames: bytes, BECN, FECN, DE
•Transmitted frames during LMI logical port alarm
•Transmitted frames discarded for exceeded queue depth, exceeded DE threshold, CRC error, physical layer fail, source abort, reassembly failure
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
clrchancnt -cnt <chan_num> -cc <clrButton>
Syntax Description
-cnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PXM chanNum entry.
|
chanNum
|
PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
-cc
|
Command delineator that precedes the clrButton entry.
|
clrButton
|
Value to set the underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.
•1 = no action
•2 = clear counts (default)
|
Syntax: FRSM CESM
clrchancnt <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM range = 16-1015
•CESM range = 32-279
|
Syntax: AUSM
clrchancnt <Port.VPI.VCI | Chan_num>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
|
Chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnts, dspchancnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-50 Clear all channel counters for channel 16 on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnt 16
clrchancnts
Clear All Channel Counters on Card
Use the clrchancnts command to clear all channel counters for all channels on the current service card. The counters resume accruing after the command executes. To view a list of the Frame Relay counters, refer to the description of clrchancnt.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
clrchancnts
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnt, dspchancnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-3 (Any on PXM)
|
Example 1-51 Clear all channel counters for all channels on the FRSM in slot 4
node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnts
clrconcnt
Clear Connection Counters for Specified Connection Identifier
Use the clrconcnt command to clear the counters for the specified Connection Identifier on the current PXM card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrconcnt <conn_ID>
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection ID, in the format PortNum.VPI.VCI
•PortNum = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•VPI = virtual path identifier in the range for either UNI or NNI
–UNI range = 0-255 (typically applied to lines that connect a standalone node to a workstation)
–NNI range = 0-4095
•VCI = virtual circuit identifier in the range 0-65535
|
Related Commands
dspcon, clrconcnts, dspconcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-52 Clear all counters for connection on port 1 with a VPI of 2 and a VCI of 2
node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnt 1.2.2
clrconcnts
Clear Connection Counters for All Connections on Card
Use the clrconcnts command to clear the counters for all the connections on the current PXM card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrconcnts
Related Commands
dspcon, clrconcnt, dspconcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-53 Clear all counters for all connections on the PXM card
node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnts
clrerr
Clear Error Log Counters for All Connections on Card
Use the clrerr command to remove specified or all error log files. This command queries for confirmation prior to clearing the error log files from the system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrerr [-en <error slot>]
Syntax Description
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.
|
error slot
|
Number of the log file to clear, which is identical to the slot number of the card.
|
Related Commands
dsperr
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-54 Show clrerr confirmation query
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No
clrifcnt
Clear Interface Counters for Specified Interface
Use the clrifcnt command to clear the counters for a specified broadband interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrifcnt <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
clrifcnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-55 Clear counters for the specified broadband interface (1)
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnt 1
clrifcnts
Clear All Interface Counters
Use the clrifcnts command to clear the counters for all the broadband interfaces.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrifcnts
Related Commands
clrifcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-56 Clear counters for all broadband interfaces on the PXM card
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnts
clrimagrpcnt
Clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM Group Counters
Use the clrimagrpcnt command to clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM (IMA) group counters on the current AUSM card for a specified IMA group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clrimagrpcnt (or clraimgrpcnt) <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-57 Clear all inverse multiplexing ATM group counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimagrpcnt 1
clrimalncnt
Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters
Use the clrimalncnt command to clear all AIMUX line counters for a specified line in an IMA trunk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
clrimalncnt (or clraimlncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspaimlncnt, clraimlncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-58 Clear all inverse multiplexing ATM line counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimalncnt 1
clrlmistats
Clear All LMI Statistics
Use the clrlmistats command to clear the Local Management Interface (LMI)-related statistics on the current PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrlmistats
Related Commands
dsplmistats
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-59 Clear LMI statistics on the PXM card
penguin.1.7.PXM.a > clrlmistats
Enabled : 1 Port Status : 1
WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0
Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 1
Poll Timer : 6 Trans Num : 86
Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0
UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0
Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0
Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0
NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 0
NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0
Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0
Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0
clrlog
Clear Log
Use the clrlog command to clear specified or all event log files. The log resumes accumulating event log messages after the command executes. This command queries for confirmation prior to removing all event log files.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrlog [-log <log slot>]
Syntax Description
-log
|
Command delineator that precedes the log slot entry.
|
log slot
|
Number of the file that you want to clear from the event log file.
|
Related Commands
dsplog
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-60 Clear all event log files on the PXM card
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes
clrmsgcnt
Clear Control Message Counters
Use the clrmsgcnt command to clear the control message counters. The control message counters are for the total numbers of:
•Control frames transmitted to SAR from RISC maintained by RISC
•Control frames received from SAR to RISC maintained by RISC
•Control frames transmitted to RISC from SAR maintained by SAR (should be equal to riscRcvCtrlMsg)
•Control frames received to SAR from RISC maintained by SAR (should be equal to riscXmtCtrlMsg)
•Control (management) cells discarded due to illegal length error
•Control (management) cells discarded due to illegal CRC error
•Discarded control messages due to unknown channel error
This message also clears the control cell header received on the last unknown channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clrmsgcnt
Related Commands
dspmsgcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
Example 1-61 Clear all control message counters on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrmsgcnt 1
clrportcnt
Clear Port Counters
Use the clrportcnt command to clear counter values on a specified port associated with the current PXM, AUSM, or FRSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrportcnt <port_ number>
Syntax Description
port_ number
|
Port number, as appropriate for the current card.
•PXM range = 1-32
•AUSM range = 1-8
•FRSM
–T1 = 1-192
–E1 = 1-248
–HS1/B
•X.21 range = 1-4
•HSSI range = 1-2
|
Related Commands
clrportcnts, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5 (Any on PXM)
|
Example 1-62 Clear port counters on port 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnt 1
clrportcnts
Clear Port Counters
Use the clrportcnts command to clear all port counters on the current PXM, FRSM, or AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
clrportcnts
Related Commands
clrportcnt, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
Example 1-63 Clear all port counters on all ports on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnts
clrsarcnt
Clear SAR Counters
On an FRSM or CESM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters for the particular channel in the argument. On an AUSM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the SAR counters for the particular port.VPI.VCI connection.
The SAR counters are:
•Number of cells transmitted on this channel
•Number of CLP cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of AIS cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of FERF cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of BCM cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of End2End loop cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of segment loop cells that were transmitted on this channel
•Number of cells discarded due to shelf alarm on this channel
•Number of cells that were received on this channel
•Number of CLP cells that were received on this channel
•Number of AIS cells that were received on this channel
•Number of FERF cells that were received on this channel
•Number of BCM cells that were received on this channel
•Number of End2End loop cells that were received on this channel
•Number of segment loop cells that were received on this channel
•Number of cells that had the CRC error on this channel
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax for FRSM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number in the range 16-1015.
|
Syntax for CESM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chan
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number in the range 0-279.
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
clrsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
Related Commands
dspsarcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
Example 1-64 Clear SAR counters for channel number 20 on the FRSM card
NODENAME.1.17.FRSM.a > clrsarcnt -chn 20
clrsarcnts
Clear SAR Counters
Use the clrsarcnts command to clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters for all the channels or connections on the card from which the command is executed.
Syntax
clrsarcnts
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Related Commands
clrsarcnt, dspsarcnt, dspsarcnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-65 Clear all SAR counters on all cards in the node
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrsarcnts
clrscrn
Clear Terminal Screen
Use the clrscrn command to clear the control terminal screen. After this command executes, only the current command line prompt appears on the screen.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
clrscrn
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-66 Clear the screen
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrscrn
clrslftst
Clear Self-Test
Use the clrslftst command to clear the results of the last self-test on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
clrslftst
Related Commands
cnfslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-67 Clear results of last self-test for the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrslftst
clrsmcnf
Clear Service Module Configuration
Use the clrsmcnf command to clear the following configuration elements for the selected service card:
•Configuration
•Rate control function
•Channelization on the card
•MIB version
Note Before executing the clrsmcnf command, clear (delete) all lines, ports, and channels on the affected service module(s).
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrsmcnf <slot num>
Syntax Description
slot num
|
Slot number in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
dspsmcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-68 Clear all configuration elements on the AUSM card in slot 17
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsmcnf 17
clrsrmcnf
Clear SRM-3T3 Configuration
Use the clrsrmcnf command to clear SRM-3T3 card information and to remove all T1 link mappings. All links are switched back to their respective service modules.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
clrsrmcnf <slot num>
Syntax Description
slot num
|
Slot number. Enter the value 15 or 31.
•Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active).
•Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
|
Related Commands
addlink, dsplink, xcnfsrmlink, xdspsrmlink
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-69 Clear all configuration information and remove all T1 link mappings on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsrmcnf 15
cmdhistory
Display Command History
Use the cmdhistory command to view the last 10 commands executed on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cmdhistory
Related Commands
history
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-70 Display previous 10 commands executed on the PXM card
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cmdhistory
Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s)
cnfaimgrp
Configure AIM Group
Use the cnfaimgrp command to configure an AIMUX group on the AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfaimgrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>
Syntax Description
grp
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
max_diff_delay
|
Maximum differential delay, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•8T1 range = 0-275
•8E1 range = 0-200
|
min_num_links
|
Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Note Redundant link(s) indicates the number of link(s) the system can lose without bringing down the AIMUX group. However, the <link_loss_severity> option overrides this feature.
The <read_wr_ptr_diff> value cannot be decreased from its existing value—it can only be increased (this is because decreasing the <read_wr_ptr_diff> in an established AIMUX group involves dropping cells that are stored in the delay compensation buffer.
Example 1-71 Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfaimgrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2
cnfapsln
Configure APS Line
Use the cnfapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters for a line on the current PXM. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far end. This support applies only to PXM OC-3 and PXM OC-12 back cards.
The 1.1.20 software release provides support for the SONET Linear APS 1+1 mode with two back cards. The SONET Linear APS 1+1 standard specifies that for every working line there must exist a redundant protection line. Traffic protected by the redundant line is carried simultaneously on both the working line and the protection line. The line switch-over to the protection line has to be completed within 60 ms.
Figure 1-4 illustrates a "dual back card" redundancy configuration. This design requires two PXM front cards and two SONET back cards. Ports are paired as follows:
•Port 1 of active PXM and port 1 of standby PXM
Figure 1-4 SONET APS 1+1 with Two Back Cards
SONET 155 also can be configured to have this redundancy configuration. Ports are paired as follows:
•Port 1 of active PXM and port 1 of standby PXM
•Port 2 of active PXM and port 2 of standby PXM
•Port 3 of active PXM and port 3 of standby PXM
•Port 4 of active PXM and port 4 of standby PXM
Switching of the paired port on the pair back card can be done independently of the other paired ports.
You must add an APS line with the addapsln command before using the cnfapsln command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfapsln <workline> <SFBER> <SDBER> <WTR> <Direction> <Revertive> <K1K2>
Syntax Description
workline
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3-5.
•5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.
•5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
WTR
|
Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range 1 to 12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).
|
Direction
|
Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
•1 = Unidirectional: This APS line supports only one direction.
•2 = Bidirectional: This APS line supports both ends of the line.
|
Revertive
|
APS revertive or non-revertive function.
•1 = Non-revertive
•2 = Revertive: This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the wait-to-restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
K1K2
|
K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line. User should always set to 1.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
Related Commands
addapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, dspapscfg
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-72 Configure APS working line 1 on the active PXM card in slot 7 to have a signal failure BER threshold of 10^^5, a signal degrade BER threshold of 10^^5, to enable switch back after signal failure or degradation has cleared, to wait 2 minutes before attempting to switch back, to make switching bidirectional, and to enable the K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfapsln 1 5 5 1 2 1 1
cnfatmln
Configure ATM Line
Use the cnfatmln command to configure a UNI or NNI cell header for a PXM trunk. UNI cell headers are typically used on the line that connects to a workstation rather than a switch.
Note You must configure the cell header type using the cnfatmln command before adding lines and ports.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM (in an MGX 8250 switch stand-alone node)
Syntax
cnfatmln <line_num> <type>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
type
|
Cell header type for either UNI or NNI.
•2 = UNI
•3 = NNI (default)
|
Related Commands
dspatmlncnf, clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-73 Set cell header type for trunk 1 on the PXM to NNI
flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfatmln 1 3
cnfbctype
Configure Back Card Type
Use the cnfbctype command to specify the interface of the 12in1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either an X.21 or a V.35 interface. The default interface is V.35.
Note The cnfbctype is not allowed if there are enabled lines on the card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-HS1B
Syntax
cnfbctype <cardType>
Syntax Description
cardType
|
Integer that specifies the interface type:
•1 = X.21
•2 = V.35 (default)
|
Related Commands
dspbctype
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-74 Configure interface type on the current FRSM card
man.1.14.FRSM.a > cnfbctype 1
Example 1-75 Display interface type on the current FRSM
man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype
Backcard Personality: X.21
cnfbert
Configure BERT
Use the cnfbert command to configure bit error rate testing (BERT) parameters on the PXM.
A BERT session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to end the test.
Caution BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test will stop the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax: PXM
cnfbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number that contains the card on which to perform BERT.
|
Related Commands
delbert, dspbert, modbert, xcnfbert
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
cnfcbclk
Configure Cell Bus Clock
Use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus (CB) operating clock rate to high (42 MHz) or low
(21 MHz). There are eight cell buses in an MGX 8250 switch shelf. You can use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus to different operating clock rates to take advantage of high-speed service modules whenever possible. Note that not all service modules can support the high clock rate.
Note Even though you can specify this command against CB4 and CB8, note that the clock rate will not change for either cell bus.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM (new), PXM
Syntax
cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate>
Syntax Description
cellBus
|
A string denoting a bus, in the range CB1 to CB8.
|
clockRate
|
A rate value, in MHz.
•21
•42
|
Possible Errors
•Set failed due to illegal option value(s).
•Certain service modules will not operate at the clock rate you specified. Please check the service modules in the slots where the cell bus clock rate is affected by this command.
Related Commands
dspcbclk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-76 Display cards in the chassis, display current clock settings, configure CB2 for 42 MHz, and display clock settings with new setting for CB2
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds
Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy
---- ----------- -------- --------- -----------
1.2 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear
1.6 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear
1.7 Active PXM1-OC3 Clear
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: q
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb2 42
Command Executed :cnfcbclk
NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
Example 1-77 Error messages that might be displayed when executing this command
popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb1 42
Command Executed :cnfcbclk
Set failed due to illegal option value(s)
Syntax: cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate>
cellBus -- a string CB1..CB8
clockRate -- a number 21 or 42 (MHz)
WARNING: Certain Service Modules will not operate at the clock rate you
specified. Please check the Service Modules in the slots where the Cell Bus clock
rate is effected by this command
cnfcdprtntype
Configure Card Resource Type
Use the cnfcdprtntype command to configure the type of partition to serve as the basis for sharing global logical connection numbers (GLCNs). The GLCNs are shared by the network controller applications (PAR, for example) on a logical broadband interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
cnfcdprtntype <prtn_type>
Syntax Description
prtn_type
|
Value to set card partition type, in the range 1-3.
•1 = noPartition All controllers compete for the total number of (G)LCNs available for the card.
•2 = controllerBased The total number of (G)LCNs available to each controller is fixed but there is no reservation on each port.
•3 = portControllerBased Some of the (G)LCNs that are available on each port for each controller are reserved.
|
Related Commands
cnfcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-78 Allow all controllers access to all (G)LCNs available for the card
spirit3.1.10.AUSMB8.a > cnfcdprtntype 1
cnfcdrscprtn
Configure Card Resource Partition
Use the cnfcdrscprtn command to modify card-level resource partitions on the current card. This command creates a template of available connections among the network controllers to provide card-level partitioning for PAR, PNNI, or Tag. With card-level partitioning:
•The number of connections available at each port is the same.
•You can specify the number of connections available to each controller or let them compete for connections at each port.
The matrix in Table 1-13 describes the effects of each of three usages of cnfcdrscprtn.
Table 1-13 Degrees of Card-Level Resource Partitioning
Command
|
Description
|
cnfcdrscprtn off
|
Card-level partitioning is inactive. If you specify that card-level partitioning is off (cnfcdrscprtn off), you must configure port-level partitions (cnfportrscprtn).
|
cnfcdrscprtn on
|
Default.
Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller, so each controller competes for the connections.
|
cnfcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>
|
The x, y, and z represent a number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.
|
Note PNNI is always 0 in Release 1 of the MGX 8250 switch.
Additional characteristics of this command are:
•If you do not execute cnfcdrscprtn, the default state of cnfcdrscprtn on is in effect.
•If you specify card-level partitioning (cnfcdrscprtn on x y z), port-level partitioning (cnfportrscprtn) is an option you can use to further modify the partitioning on a port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
cnfcdrscprtn <number_PAR_conns> <number_PNNI_conns> <number_Tag_conns>
Syntax Description
number_PAR_conns
|
Maximum number of PAR connections, in the range appropriate for the current card.
•PXM range = 0-32,767 GLCNs
•FRSM range = 1-4000
•AUSM range = 1-1000
•CESM range = 1-1000
•SRM range = 1-1000
|
number_PNNI_conns
|
Maximum number of PNNI connections. Enter the value 0 (zero).
|
number_Tag_conns
|
Maximum number of Tag connections.
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State (Active for PXM)
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-79 On current PXM, change card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. Note that the value for PNNI currently is 0.
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000
cnfchan
Configure Channel
Use the cnfchan command to configure channels on the current service card.
Card(s) on Which the Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
cnfchan <LCN> <chan_rte_pri> <chan_max_cost> <chan_restrict_trk_type>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
LCN, in the range16-4111.
|
chan_rte_pri
|
Channel route priority, in the range 1-15.
|
chan_max_cost
|
Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.
|
chan_restrict_trk_type
|
Channel Restrict Trunk Type.
•1 = No Restriction
•2 = Terrestrial Trunk
•3 = Satellite Trunk
|
Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1
cnfchan <chan_num> <RoutingPriority> <MaxCost> <RestrictTrunkType> <PCR> <MCR> <PctUtil>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
RoutingPriority
|
Routing Priority, in the range 1-15.
|
MaxCost
|
Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.
|
RestrictTrunkType
|
Restrict Trunk Type.
• 1 = No Restriction
• 2 = Terrestrial Trunk
• 3 = Satellite Trunk
|
PCR
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells per second.
|
MCR
|
Minimum cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells/second.
|
PctUtil
|
Percentage of utilization, in the range 1-100.
|
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1
cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <IdleSuppEnable> <ForceIS>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.
|
CDVT
|
Cell Delay Variation Tolerance in the range appropriate for T1 or E1.
•T1 = 125-24000 microseconds
•E1 = 125-32000 microseconds
|
CLIP
|
Cell Loss Integration Period. Enter a value in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
Maximum Egress Buffer size, as appropriate for T1 or E1.
•Structured T1 = 9216 bytes (maximum)
•Unstructured T1 or E1 = 16384 bytes (maximum)
|
clockmode
|
Clock mode of the CBR virtual circuit.
•1 = synchronous clocking
•2 = synchronous residual time-stamp clocking
•3 = adaptive clocking
|
IdleSuppenable
|
Idle suppression, either disabled or enabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
ForceIS
|
Forced idle suppression or normal operations.
•1 = normal operation
•2 = force Virtual Circuit into idle signal code suppression
|
Syntax: CESM-T3E3
cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.
|
CDVT
|
Cell delay variation tolerance, in the range appropriate for T3 or E3.
•T3 range = 125-24000 microseconds
•E3 range = 125-32000 microseconds
|
CLIP
|
Cell Loss Integration Period, in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
Maximum egress buffer size, in bytes. Set up to the maximum 16384 for unstructured T3 or E3.
|
Related Commands
addchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-80 On current AUSM in slot 17, change the configuration for channel 16 to set a routing priority of 1, a maximum cost of 5, restrict trunk routing for this channel to terrestrial trunks only, set the peak cell rate to 655525 cells per second, set the minimum cell rate to 655525 cells per second, and set the percent utilization to 100 percent
spirit.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfchan 16 1 5 2 65525 65525 100
cnfchanabrparams
Configure Channel Standard ABR Parameters
Use the cnfchanabrparams command to configure ABR parameters for channels on an FRSM-8T1/E1 service module.
To configure rate parameters, refer to the cnfchanstdabr command.
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-8T1/E
Syntax
cnfchanabrparams <Port.DLCI/CHAN_NUM> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>
Syntax Description
Port.DLCI/Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format Port.DLCI or channel number.
|
rif
|
The Rate Increase Factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. RIF is a power of 2. Values range from 1-32768.
|
rdf
|
The Rate Decrease Factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2. Values range from 10-32768.
|
nrm
|
The Inrate Cell Count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. Values range from 2-256 (in steps of power of 2).
|
trm
|
The Max Delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.
Values range from 3-255 msec.
|
tbe
|
The Transient Buffer Exposure is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns. Values range from 0 to 16777215 cells.
|
frtt
|
The Fixed Round Trip Time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back. Values range from 0 to 16700 msec.
|
adtf
|
The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.
Values range from 10 to 10230 msec.
|
cdf
|
The Cutoff Decrease Factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM. Values range from 0 to 64, in steps of power of 2.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanabrrates, dspchanstdabr, cnfchanstdabr, addcon, dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-81 Parameters for cnfchanabrparams
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > cnfchanabrparams
Syntax : cnfchanabrparams "Port.DLCI/CHAN_NUM rif rdf nrm trm tbe frtt adtf
Port.Dlci -- Port.Dlci identifying a connection
RIF -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768 (in steps of power of 2)
RDF -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768 (in steps of power of 2)
Nrm -- Valid values range from 2 to 256 (in steps of power of 2)
Trm -- Valid values range from 3 to 255 in msec.
TBE -- Valid values range from 0 to 16777215 in cells
FRTT -- Valid values range from 0 to 16700 in msec.
ADTF -- Valid values range from 10 to 10230 in msec.
CDF -- Valid values range from 0 to 64 (in steps of power of 2)<Get an example>
cnfchanabrrates
Configure Channel ABR Rates
Use the cnfchanabrrates command to configure the rate parameters of the Standard ABR channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-8T1E1
Syntax
cnfchanabrrates <Port.DLCI/Channel Number> <MCR> <PCR> <ICR>
Syntax Description
Port.DLCI/Channel Number
|
Connection identifier.
|
MCR
|
Minimum cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. Values range from 10-10000 cps.
|
PCR
|
Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. Values range from 10-10000. The PCR includes bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the in-rate RM cps.
|
ICR
|
Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Values range from 10-10000 cps.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanstdabr, dspchanstdabr, cnfchanabrparams, addcon, dspchan
Attributes
Log: yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: any
|
Example 1-82 Parameters for cnfchanabrrates
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > cnfchanabrrates
Syntax : cnfchanabrrates "Port.DLCI/CHAN_NUM mcr pcr icr "
Port.Dlci -- Port.Dlci identifying a connection
MCR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
PCR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
ICR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
cnfchaneir
Configure Channel EIR
moduleUse the cnfchaneir command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameter excess information rate (EIR), which is the second bucket leak rate for a channel. No messages appear on the screen unless an error occurs.
Available
Release 1.1.21 and higher
Card(s) on Which the Command Executes
FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-VHS, FRSM-HS1
Syntax for FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-VHS
cnfchaneir <chan_num> <zerocireir>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Specifies the channel for which you are modifying the policing parameter. Values are:
•FRSM-8T1/E = 16-1015
•FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015
•FRSM-2T3/E3 and FRSM-HS2 = 16-2015
•FRSM-HS1 = 16-1015
|
zerocireir
|
Specifies the excess information rate for 0 CIR cases. Values are:
•FRSM-8T1 = 0-1536000 bps
•FRSM-8E1 = 0-2048000 bps
•FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000 bps
•FRSM-2T3 = 0-44210000 bps
•FSM-2E3 = 0-34010000 bps
•FRSM-HS2 = 0-51840000 bps
•FRSM-HS1 = 0-819200 bps
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
cnfchancacoff
Configure Channel CAC Off
Use the cnfchancacoff command to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function for a channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchancacoff <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•HS1/B range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-83 On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration for channel 16 to turn off connection admission control (CAC) function
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchancacoff 16
cnfchanegressq
Configure Channel Egress Queue
Use the cnfchanegressq command to configure the egress queue for a specified channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanegressq <ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
QSel
|
Egress queue select.
•1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.
•2 = Low-priority queue (default).
•3 = Not used. This option only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.
|
QDepth
|
Egress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
QDEThresh
|
Egress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE). Default = 32767 bytes
|
QECNThresh
|
Egress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
Related Commands
cnfchaningressq
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-84 On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanegressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535
cnfchanfst
Configure Channel ForeSight
Use the cnfchanfst command to configure ForeSight parameters for a Frame Relay or ATM channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
cnfchanfst <chan_num> <fst_enable> <mir> <pir> <qir>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
fst_enable
|
ForeSight, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
mir
|
Minimum information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 the range = 10-8000 cps.
•T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cps.
Default = 1000
|
pir
|
Peak information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 10-8000 in cell/sec.
•T3/E3/HS2/2CT3, the range is 10-400000 in cps.
Default = 1000
|
qir
|
Quiescent information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 0-8000 cps.
•T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 cps.
Default = 1000
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfchanfst <port.VPI.VCI | channel number> <enable | disable> <fgcra_enable> <ibs> <pcr> <mcr> <icr>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•VPI range = 1-4095
•VPI range = 1-65535
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable | disable
|
Value to enable or disable ForeSight:
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
fgcra_enable
|
Value to enable or disable FGCRA for the specified channel.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
ibs
|
Initial burst size, in the range 0-5000 cells.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cps.
•10-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
•IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second.
•0-PortRate(T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
•For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
icr
|
Initial cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second.
•0-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
•For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note that the IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-85 On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the minimum information rate to 1000 cells per second, the peak information rate to 1000 cells per second, and the quiescent information rate to 1000 cells per second
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanfst 16 1 1000 1000 1000
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Example 1-86 On current AUSM in slot 12, change the configuration using the port.VPI.VCI argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 2.1.5 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000
Example 1-87 On current AUSM in slot 12, change the configuration using the channel number argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 31 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000
Note This command is valid only for ABR-type channels.
cnfchaningressq
Configure Channel Ingress Queue
Use the cnfchaningressq command to configure the ingress queue for a specified channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchaningressq <ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•HS1/B range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
QSel
|
FRSM-8T1/E1 only.
Egress queue select.
•1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.
•2 = Low-priority queue (default).
•3 = Not used. This option only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.
|
QDepth
|
Ingress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.
Default = 65535 bytes
|
QDEThresh
|
Ingress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE).
Default = 32767 bytes
|
QECNThresh
|
Ingress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.
Default value = 65535 bytes
|
Related Commands
cnfchanegressq
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-88 On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchaningressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535
cnfchanmap
Configure Channel Map
Use the cnfchanmap command to configure interworking field mapping for a specified channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanmap <chan_num> <chanType> <FECN/EFCI> <DE to CLP> <CLP to DE>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•HS1/B range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
chanType
|
Channel type.
•1 = network interworking
•2 = service interworking in transparent mode
•3 = service interworking in translation mode
•4 = FUNI
•5 = frame forwarding
|
FECN/EFCI
|
Mapping between FECN and EFCI.
•1 = map EFCI (this option valid only for service interworking)
•2 = make EFCI 0
|
DE to CLP
|
DE to CLP mapping.
•1 = map DE to CLP
•2 = make CLP 0
•3 = make CLP 1
|
CLP to DE
|
CLP to DE mapping.
•1 = map CLP to DE
•2 = make DE 0
•3 = make DE 1
•4 = ignore CLP (this option valid only for network interworking)
|
Related Commands
dspchanmap
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-89 On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the interworking channel mapping for channel 16 to set the channel type to network interworking, to set EFCI equal to 0, the DE to CLP mapping to map DE to CLP, and the CLP to DE mapping to map CLP to DE
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanmap 16 1 1 1
cnfchanpol
Configure Channel Policing
Use the cnfchanpol command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameters for a channel. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfchanpol <chan_num> <cir> <bc> <be> <ibs> <detag> <egrat>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•HS1/B range = 16-1025
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
cir
|
Committed information rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 0-1536000 bps
•E1 range = 0-2048000 bps
•T3 range = 0-44210000 bps
•E3 range = 0-34010000 bps
•HSSI range = 0-51840000 bps
Default = 2400 bits per second (bps)
•Note that for the FRSM-2CT3 service module, the peak value for permissible CIR is 1536000 bits per second.
|
bc
|
Burst committed rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
•FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
•FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes
Default = 5100 bytes
Note The burst committed value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is not 0. The burst committed value MUST be set to 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.
|
be
|
Burst excess rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
•FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
•FRSM-2CT3 = 0-2097151 bytes
Default = 5100 bytes
Note The burst excess value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.
|
ibs
|
Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.
•FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes
•FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes
•FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes
Default =100 bytes
Note The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the burst committed when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0. When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.
|
detag
|
Value to enable or disable ingress discard eligible (DE) tagging.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable (default)
|
egrat
|
Egress service rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 0-1536000 bps
•E1 range = 0-2048000 bps
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-90 On current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the committed information rate to 100000 cells per second, the committed burst size to 65535 bytes, the burst excess to 65535 bytes, the initial burst size to 1000 bytes, and to enable discard eligible tagging
spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanpol 16 1 100000 65535 65535 1000 1
cnfchanq
Configure Channel Queue
Use the cnfchanq command configure queue parameters for a specified channel on the current PXM or AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfchanq <LCN> <discard_option> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh> <update_code> <max_cell_cnt>
Syntax Description
LCN
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
discard_option
|
Discard option for hysteresis or frame discard.
•1 =CLP hysteresis
•2 = Frame discard
|
clp_thresh_high
|
CLP threshold high, in the range 1-491520 cells.
Once the high cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
clp_thresh_low
|
CLP threshold low, in the range 1-491520 cells.
Once the low cell loss priority threshold is passed, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
efci_thresh
|
EFCI threshold, in the range 1-491520 cells.
An explicit forward congestion indicator (EFCI) is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
update_code
|
Congestion update.
•1 = Don't update
•2 = Set CI bit
•3 = Set EFCI bit
•4 = Clear EFCI
|
max_cell_cnt
|
Maximum cell count, in the range 0-512000 cells.
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfchanq <chan_num> <vc_q_depth> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
vc_q_depth
|
Ingress queue depth, in the range 0-16000 cells.
|
clp_thresh_high
|
CLP threshold high, in the range 1-16000 cells.
Once the high cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
clp_thresh_low
|
CLP threshold low, in the range 1-16000 cells.
Once the low cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.
|
efci_thresh
|
EFCI threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.
An explicit forward congestion indicator (EFCI) is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
Related Commands
dspchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2 on AUSM, Any on PXM
|
Example 1-91 On current AUSM in slot 1, change the configuration of the channel queue for channel 16 to set the ingress queue depth to 16000, the CLP high threshold to 16000, the CLP Low threshold to 10000, and the EFCI threshold to 12000
spirit.1.1.AUSM.a > cnfchanq 16 16000 16000 10000 12000
cnfchansrvrate
Configure Channel Service Rate
Use the cnfchansrvrate command to provision the service rate of a channel independent of the CIR rate of the connection. This feature separates the policing parameters (CIR, BC, BE, IBS) from the service rate, providing you with more traffic management control over the connection.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2, FRSM-8, FRSM HS1
Syntax
cnfchansrvrate <chan_num> <srvord> <srvrate>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range:
•FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-HS1, 16-1015
•FRSM-HS2, 2T3, 2E3, 16-2015
•FRSM-2CT3, 16-4015
|
srvovrd
|
Channel service rate override programming option.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
srvrate
|
The actual channel service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps).
•FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-HS1, 10-10000 cps
•FRSM-VHS = 10-198412
|
Related Commands
cnfchanfst
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-92 Configure the SAR on current FRSM, service connection 16, at 4000 cells per second, even though the CIR for the connection may be set to 0
NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a > cnfchansrvrate 16 1 4000
NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a >
cnfchanstdabr
Configure Channel for Standard ABR
Use the cnfchanstdabr command to configure ABR parameters.
Unlike the Standard ABR implementation on the AUSM-8T1/E1, the FRSM-8T1/E1 supports only Terminating Standard ABR—source/destination behavior. While at least one control loop between source and destination end systems is required, you can choose to segment the control loop. Using this method, an intermediate switch can close the control loop and initiate a new control loop by behaving as both a destination and a new source. Source/destination behavior is useful when you need to reduce the length of individual control loops, or create separate control domains for administrative reasons.
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-8T1/E
Syntax
cnfchanstdabr <Port:DLCI/CHAN_NUM> <mcr> <pcr> <icr> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI/Chan_Num
|
Connection identifier, in the format Port.DLCI or channel number.
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. Values range from 10-10000.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the Allowable Cell Rate (ACR) range. Values range from 10-10000. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.
|
icr
|
Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Values range from 10-10000.
|
rif
|
Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. Values range from 1-32768.
|
rdf
|
Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2. Values range from 10-32768.
|
nrm
|
The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. Values range from 2-256 (in steps of power of 2.
|
trm
|
The maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.
Values range from 3-255 msec.
|
tbe
|
The transient buffer exposure is a negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns. Values range from 0 to 16777215 cells.
|
|
The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back. Values range from 0 to 16700.
|
dtf
|
The ACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.
Values range from 10 to 10230 msec.
|
cdf
|
Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM. Values range from 0 to 64, in steps of power of 2.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanabrrates, dspchanstdabr, cnfchanabrparams, addcon, dspchan
Attributes
Log: yes
|
State: Acive
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-93 Parameters for cnfchanstdabr
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > cnfchanstdabr
Syntax : cnfchanstdabr "Port.DLCI/CHAN_NUM mcr pcr icr rif rdf nrm trm tbe
Port.Dlci -- Port.Dlci identifying a connection
MCR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
PCR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
ICR -- Valid values range from 10 to 10000 in cells/sec
RIF -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768 (in steps of power of 2)
RDF -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768 (in steps of power of 2)
Nrm -- Valid values range from 2 to 256 (in steps of power of 2)
Trm -- Valid values range from 3 to 255 in msec.
TBE -- Valid values range from 0 to 16777215 in cells
FRTT -- Valid values range from 0 to 16700 in msec.
ADTF -- Valid values range from 10 to 10230 in msec.
CDF -- Valid values range from 0 to 64 (in steps of power of 2)
cnfclklevel
Configure Clock Stratum Level
Use the cnclklevel command to select the Stratum level of the clock source.
In Release 1.1.31, the MGX 8250 switch now supports Stratum-3 as well as Stratum-4 clocking. While the Stratum-4 clock circuits are present in the front card, the new PXM-UI-S3 backcards provide the clock circuits supporting Stratum-3 clocking. The default clock source is set to the Internal Oscillator. Consequently, an External/Inband/SM clock can be configured to be the primary/secondary clock driving the node.
Note the following limitations:
1. There are two physical ports on the PXM-UI-S3 backcard for providing the external clock. However, only "Ext Clk 1" is currently supported.
2. There are two physical LAN ports on the PXM-UI-S3 backcard. However, only "LAN port 1" is currently supported.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfclklevel <level>
Syntax Description
level
|
Specify one of the following:
•4 = Stratum-4
•3 = Stratum-3
|
Related Commands
cnfclksrc, cnfextclk, dspclkinfo, dspclrsrc, dspcurclk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-94 <Get an example caption for Configure Standard ABR on a channel. >
Example 1-95 Display the clocking information, than configure clock leve Stratum 4 on connection 1.1.8.
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > dspclkinfo
****** Clock HW registers ********
SEL_T1 = t1 SEL100 = ON SEL120 = ON SEL75 = ON
priMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevPriMuxClockSource = none
primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 0
secMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevSecMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 0
currentClockSetReq = primary
currentClockHwStat = secondary
PreviousClockHwStat = none
extClkConnectorType = RJ45
extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms
Internal Clock Status=255, Primary Clock Status=0
Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0
last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclklevel 4
cnfclksrc
Configure Clock Source
Use the cnfclksrc command to configure an interface as a clock source. Available clock sources are shown in Table 1-14. Any combination of clock sources are configurable in any order (primary or secondary). For example, you can configure an external clock source as the primary clock source and a line as the secondary clock source. If the primary and secondary clock sources fail, the internal oscillator becomes the source.
Before using the cnfclksrc command, the PXM1 broadband interfaces and the service module lines must be configured; therefore, you would first need to run the addln command, then the addport command. Configure only one clock source each time you execute cnfclksrc, and run the command from the active PXM1.
Stratum Level 3 (S3) clocking is supported in software Release 1.1.31 and higher. This feature provides for the new Stratum-3 clocking level supported by the PXM-UI-S3 back card. Note that although there are two external clock ports available in the PXM-UI-S3 back card, only one external clock source is configurable.
Table 1-14 Clock Sources
Clock Source
|
Description
|
Internal clock
|
Comes from an oscillator on the PXM1. It is the default source when the switch first comes up and remains so until you specify a different clock source.
|
Inband clock
|
Originates on a BPX 8600 series node or another vendor's switch and comes through the trunk on the PXM1 uplink card.
|
External clock
|
Comes from an external timing source and arrives at the T1 or E1 clock connector on the PXM UI. Frequently, the external source is a highly reliable, dedicated device that can provide a Stratum 2 or Stratum 3 clock. (As the subsequent configuration steps show, an additional step is necessary for an external clock source.)
|
Line on a service module or PXM1 UNI port
|
The PXM UNI line source is available on a stand-alone node only. A line must be active before you can specify it as a clock source.
|
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM. AUSM
Syntax: PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
cnfclksrc <slot.port> <clktyp>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
For the PXM1:
•Slot is 7, regardless of where the active PXM1 resides.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
For the FRSM, CESM, AUSM:
Slot and port number.
•Slot = 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
For the trunk to a BPX 8600 series or other backbone node-sourced clock:
•Port is always 1.
For the external clock:
•Port is always 35.
For the UNI line (stand-alone only):
•Port depends upon the number of lines on the back card.
For a service module providing the clock source:
•Slot is the slot number of the card.
•Port is the number of the line that provides the clock.
If you're using an external clock source:
Use the cnfextclk command to select the T1 or E1 line and the impedance of the line. The command syntax is
cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>
where:
•<ClockType> 1 = T1 source, 2 = E1 source
•<Impedance> is one of the following:
–T1 source: 1 = 75 ohms
–E1 source: 2 = 100 ohms, 3 = 120 ohms
|
clktyp
|
Value to set the clock type to be sourced on the specified interface.
•p = primary
•s = secondary
•n = null: use only for removing clock configuration that currently applies to the specified slot.port
|
Related Commands
dspclksrc, dspclkinfo, cnfextclk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-96 Configure clock source on connection 7.1.
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclksrc 7.1 P
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > s3: Switching to clock : 1, (1=P, 2=S, 3=I)
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > dspclkinfo
****** Clock HW registers ********
SEL_T1 = t1 SEL100 = ON SEL120 = ON SEL75 = ON
priMuxClockSource = INBAND_CLK1
prevPriMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 1
secMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevSecMuxClockSource = none
secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 1
currentClockSetReq = primary
currentClockHwStat = primary
PreviousClockHwStat = primary
extClkConnectorType = RJ45
extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms
Internal Clock Status=255, Primary Clock Status=0
Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0
last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1
cnfcon
Configure Connection
Use the cnfcon command to configure connectivity parameters on the PXM, AUSM, FRSM, or CESM. The applicable parameters were previously specified by the addcon command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
cnfcon <conn_ID> <route_priority> <max_cost> <restrict_trunk_type> [CAC]
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.
|
route_priority
|
Routing priority number, in the range 1-15.
|
max_cost
|
Maximum cost for the connection, in the range 1-255.
|
restrict_trunk_type
|
Restriction on the trunk.
•1 = no restriction
•2 = terrestrial trunk
•3 = satellite trunk
|
CAC
|
(optional) Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM
cnfcon <Port.Dlci> <chan_type> <cir> [CAC]
Syntax Description
Port.Dlci
|
Port number and DLCI.
|
chan_type
|
Channel type.
•1 = NIW
•2 = SIW- transparent
•3 = SIW- translation
•4 = FUNI
•5 = Frame Forward
|
cir
|
Committed information rate (CIR), in the range appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 0-1536000
•E1 range = 0-2048000
•X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps
•HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps
|
CAC
|
(optional) Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
Syntax: CESM
cnfcon <port_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <IdleSuppEnable> <ForceSuppression>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Unique port number.
|
CDVT
|
Cell delay variation tolerance (CDVT), as appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 125-24000 microseconds
•E1 range = 125-26000 microseconds
|
CLIP
|
Cell loss integration period (CLIP), in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.
|
bufsize
|
•Egress bufsize = 0 to autocompute.
•Min value depends on CDVT configured.
•Min BufSize = greater (CDVT in frames * 2) * N, (CDVT + frames in two cells) * N
•Max for T1 UDT and E1 UDT: 16224 bytes
•Max for T1 SDT: 384 * N bytes
•Max for E1 SDT: 417 * N bytes, where N is the number of timeslots assigned in Nx64 connection, and N = 32 for T1/E1 UDT
|
clockmode
|
Clock mode.
•1 = synchronous
•2 = SRTS
•3 = adaptive
|
IdleSuppEnable
|
Idle suppression, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
ForceSuppression
|
External idle suppression, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
addcon, dspcon, dspcons, delcon
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-97 Configures connection on port 1 with a VCI of 2 and a VPI of 5 to use routing priority 15, a maximum routing cost of 255, to not use satellite trunks, and to enable connection admission control
spirit01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcon 1.2.5 15 255 3 2
cnfconabrrates
Configure Connection ABR Rates
Use the cnfconabrrates command to configure the rate parameters of the Standard ABR channel. This becomes useful, especially for a transparent (switch-behaving) ABR connection.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax
cnfconabrrates <Port.VPI.VCI/Channel Number> <MCR> <PCR> <ICR>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI/ Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI or channel number.
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. Values range from 10-38328.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. Values range from 10-38328. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells.
|
icr
|
Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Values range from 10-38238.
|
Related Commands
cnfconstdabr, dspconstdabr, cnfconabrparms, addcon, dspcon
Attributes
Log: <need>
|
State: <need>
|
Privilege: <need>
|
Example 1-98 Configure the ABR parameters on connection 27
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconabrrates
Port.VPI.VCI -- A unique Port.VPI.VCI identifying a connection
Minimum Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
Peak Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
Initial Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconabrrates 27 20 1600 500
Example 1-99 Display the ABR parameter changes on connection 27
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspconstdabr 27
Minimum Cell Rate : 20 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate : 1600 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate : 500 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor : 128
Rate Decrease Factor : 16
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count : 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm : 255 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure : 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time : 0 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor : 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor : 16
ABRType : Source Destination behavior
cnfconabrparams
Configure Connection ABR Parameters
Use the cnfconabrparams command configure all the parameters of the Standard ABR connection except the rate parameters (use cnfconabrrates command to configure rates). Use the "Type of ABR Service" parameter to toggle between "Terminating Standard ABR" or "Transparent ABR."
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax
cnfconabrparams <Port.VPI.VCI/Channel Number> <ABRType> <RIF><RDF> <NRM> <TRM> <TBE> <FRTT> <ADTF> <CDF>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI/ Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI or channel number.
|
ABRType
|
One of the following types of ABR serviceL
•1 = Terminating ABR or Switch Behavior
•2 = Transparent ABR or Source Destination Behavior
|
RIF
|
This controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. The additive increase rate AIR=PCR*RIF. RIF is a power of 2, ranging from 1/32768 to 1. Values range from 10-32768.
|
RDF
|
Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2 from 1/32768 to 1.Values range from 10-32768.
|
NRM
|
The inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. Values range from 2-256.
|
TRM
|
the maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.
Values range from 3-255 msec, standard deviation.
|
TBE
|
Transient buffer exposure is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns. Values range from 0 to 16777215.
|
FRTT
|
The fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back. Values range from 0 to 16700.
|
ADTF
|
TheACR decrease time factor is the time permitted between sending RM-cells before the rate is decreased to ICR.
Values range from 10 to 10230.
|
CDF
|
The cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM. Values range from 0 to 64.
|
Related Commands
cnfconstdabr, dspconstdabr, cnfconabrrates, addcon, dspcon
Attributes
Log: No
|
State:Any
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-100 Configure the ABR parameters on connection 27
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconabrparams
Syntax : cnfconabrparams "Port.VPI.VCI/CHAN_NUM ABRType rif rdf
nrm trm tbe frtt adtf cdf "
Port.VPI.VCI -- A unique Port.VPI.VCI identifying a connection
Type of ABR Service -- Valid values are 1 (Switch Behaviour) and 2 (Src
Rate Increase Factor -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768
Rate Decrease Factor -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768
Inrate Cell Count -- Valid values range from 2 to 256
Max delay for FRM -- Valid values range from 3 to 255
Transient Buf Exposure -- Valid values range from 0 to 16777215
Fixed Round Trip Time -- Valid values range from 0 to 16700
ACR Decrease Time Factor -- Valid values range from 10 to 10230
Cutoff Decrease Factor -- Valid values range from 0 to 64
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconabrparams 27 2 64 16 64 200 16777215 100 500 16
Example 1-101 Display the ABR parameter changes on connection 27
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspconstdabr 27
Minimum Cell Rate : 20 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate : 1600 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate : 500 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor : 64
Rate Decrease Factor : 16
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count : 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm : 200 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure : 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time : 100 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor : 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor : 16
ABRType : Source Destination behavior
cnfconstdabr
Configure Connection for Standard ABR
Use the cnfconstabr command to configure ABR parameters.
To toggle between Terminating Standard ABR (Source) behavior and Transparent (Switch) behavior, set the parameter "Type of ABR Service" to either "2" for Terminating Standard ABR, or "1" for Transparent ABR.
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM 8T1/E1
Syntax
cnfconstdabr <Port.VPI.VCI/CHAN_NUM> <ABRType> <mcr> <pcr> <icr> <rif > <rdf> <nrm> <trm> <tbe> <frtt> <adtf> <cdf>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI/ Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI or channel number.
|
ABRType
|
Type of ABR service.
•1 = Terminating ABR or Switch Behavior
•2 = Transparent ABR or Source Destination Behavior
|
mcr
|
Minimum cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The MCR is the rate at which the source is always allowed to send. The MCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. Values range from 10-38328 cps.
|
pcr
|
Peak cell rate allowed. The PCR and the MCR define the allowable cell rate (ACR) range. The PCR shall include bandwidth occupied by both data cells and the inrate RM cells. Values range from 10-38328 cps.
|
icr
|
Initial cell rate is the rate to which a source should send initially and after an idle period. Values range from 10-38238 cps.
|
rif
|
Rate increase factor controls the amount by which the cell transmission rate may increase upon receipt of an RM cell. The additive increase rate AIR=PCR*RIF. RIF is a power of 2, ranging from 1/32768 to 1. Values range from 10-32768.
|
rdf
|
Rate decrease factor controls the decrease in the cell transmission rate. RDF is a power of 2 from 1/32768 to 1.Values range from 10-32768.
|
nrm
|
Inrate cell count is the maximum number of cells a source may send for each forward RM cell. Values range from 2-256.
|
trm
|
Maximum delay for FRM provides an upper bound on the time between forward RM cells for an active source.
Values range from 3-255 msec.
|
tbe
|
Transient buffer exposure is the negotiated number of cells that the network would like to limit the source to sending during startup periods, before the first RM cell returns. Values range from 0 to 16777215 cells.
|
frtt
|
Fixed round trip time is the sum of the fixed and propagation delays from the source to the furthest destination and back. Values range from 0 to 16700 msec.
|
adtf
|
The ACR decrease time factor permitted between the sending RM cells and before the rate is decreased to ICR.
Values range from 10 to 10230.
|
cdf
|
Cutoff decrease factor controls the decrease in ACR associated with CRM. Values range from 0 to 64.
|
Related Commands
cnfconabrparms, dspconstdabr, cnfconabrrates, addcon, dspcon
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-102 Configure the Standard ABR connection to emulate the source/destination or terminating behavior of the TM 4.0 specification
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconstdabr
Port.VPI.VCI -- A unique Port.VPI.VCI identifying a connection
Type of ABR Service -- Valid values are 1 (Switch Behaviour) and 2 (Src
Minimum Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
Peak Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
Initial Cell Rate -- Valid values range from 10 to 38328
Rate Increase Factor -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768
Rate Decrease Factor -- Valid values range from 1 to 32768
Inrate Cell Count -- Valid values range from 2 to 256
Max delay for FRM -- Valid values range from 3 to 255
Transient Buf Exposure -- Valid values range from 0 to 16777215
Fixed Round Trip Time -- Valid values range from 0 to 16700
ACR Decrease Time Factor -- Valid values range from 10 to 10230
Cutoff Decrease Factor -- Valid values range from 0 to 64
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > cnfconstdabr 27 2 10 1500 100 128 16 64 255 16777215 0 500
Example 1-103 The dspconstdabr command issued against the connection configured above reflects the new parameter values
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspconstdabr 27
Minimum Cell Rate : 10 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate : 1500 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate : 100 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor : 128
Rate Decrease Factor : 16
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count : 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm : 255 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure : 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time : 0 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor : 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor : 16
ABRType : Source Destination behavior
cnfdate
Configure Date
Use the cnfdate command to set the system date.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfdate <mm/dd/yyyy>
Syntax Description
mm/dd/yyyy
|
Month, day, year.
•mm = month, in the range 01 through 12
•dd = day, in the range 01-31
•yyyy = year, in the 0000-9999
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-104 Set date to be 03/29/2000
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfdate 03/29/2000
cnfdsx3bert
Configure DS3 BERT
Use the cnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
cnfdsx3bert <test pattern>
Syntax Description
test pattern
|
DSX3 BERT pattern
•1 = all ones
•2 = all zeros
•3 = alternating ones and zeroes
•4 = double alternating ones and zeros
•5 = 3 in 24
•6 = 1 in 16
•7 = 1 in 8
•8 = 1 in 4
•9 = D4 loop activate
•10 = D4 loop deactivate
•11 = 2**3-1
•12 = 2**4-1
•13 = 2**5-1
•14 = 2**6-1
•15 = 2**7-1
•16 = FT1 LB activate
•17 = FT1 LB deactivate
|
•18 = 2**9-1
•19 = 2**10-1
•20 = 2**11-1
•21 = 2**15-1
•22 = 2**17-1
•23 = 2**18-1
•24 = 2**20-1
•25 = QRSS
•26 = 2**21-1
•27 = 2**22-1
•28 = 2**23-1
•29 = 2**25-1
•30 = 2**28-1
•31 = 2**28-1
•32 = 2**31-1
•33 = 2**32-1
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-105 Set double alternating ones-and-zeroes pattern for the BERT
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > cnfdsx3bert 4
cnfegrservtype
Configure Egress Servicing Type
Use the cnfegrservtype command to change the egress port servicing algorithm. Egress port queue servicing type is a card-level option. You can choose either four-queue, weighted fair queuing (WFQ) algorithm with quality of service (QoS) guaranteed, or simple ratio-based, two-queue algorithm without quality of service.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
cnfegrservtype <servicing type>
Syntax Description
servicing type
|
A value representing one of the following servicing types:
•87 = WFQ algorithm with four queues.
•99 = Ratio-based algorithm with two queues.
|
Related Commands
dspegrservtype
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-106 Configure egress service type to queue ratio
raviraj.1.10.VHS2CT3.a > cnfegrservtype "99"
The card will be reset, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes
Err: card reset/removed/failed on slot 10
slot 2 (cardInx 3) is present, insertion msg from PXM 7
cnfextclk
Configure External Clocking
Use the cnfextclk command to configure external clock. The clock type and impedance value need to be specified with this command. For Stratum-3 clocking, the impedance is automatically detected by the hardware. Therefore, this parameter should not be set for Stratum-3 clocking. It is defaulted to 100 ohms.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>
Syntax Description
ClockType
|
Clock source on the line.
•1 = T1
•2 = E1
|
Impedance
|
Impedance for the line selected as the external clocking source.
•1 = 75 ohms
•2 = 100 ohms (default)
•3 = 120 ohms
•Stratum 3 = automatically detected by the hardware (100 ohms)
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-107 Configure clock type
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > cnfextclkk
where <ClockType> = 1: T1 2: E1
ERR: command "cnfextclk" failed
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > cnfextclk 1
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > cnfextclk 2
cnfenetgw
Configure Ethernet Gateway
Use the cnfenetgw command to establish the Ethernet gateway route permanently.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfenetgw <IPaddress>
Syntax Description
IPaddress
|
IP address for the default gateway; a subnet.
|
Related Commands
dspenetgw
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-108 Configure gateway 172.29.37.1 and add necessary routes
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfenetgw 172.28.37.1
cnffst
Configure ForeSight
Use the cnffst command to configure ForeSight parameters for the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
cnffst <rate_up> <rate_down> <rate-fast_down> <qir_time_out> <rtd_interval>
Syntax Description
rate_up
|
Rate up, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth is available, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight increases transmission (as a percentage of MIR).
|
rate_down
|
Rate down, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth becomes unavailable, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).
|
rate-fast_down
|
Rate fast down, in the range 1-100 percent. If a cell is dropped or the TxQ is full, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).
|
qir_time_out
|
QIR timeout period before resetting IR to QIR, in the range 1-255 seconds.
|
rtd_interval
|
Interval between round-trip delay measurement requests, in the range 1-255 seconds.
|
Related Commands
dspfst
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
cnfif
Configure Broadband Interface
Use the cnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You may need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for an interface. Refer to the upif command description for more information on resource partitioning.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfif <if_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
pct_bw
|
Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value for UNI or NNI.
•UNI range = 0-255
•NNI range = 0-4095
UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI value for UNI or NNI.
•UNI range = 0-255
•NNI range = 0-4095
UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-109 Configure broadband interface number 1 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfif 1 10 0 19
Example 1-110 Confirm configuration for the broadband interface
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
cnfifastrk
Configure Interface as Trunk
Use the cnfifastrk PAR command to configure a logical interface on the PXM to act as a feeder trunk. The application for this command is dependent upon the activation of the paid feature option of feeder capability on the MGX 8250 switch node. Before configuring the interface as a feeder trunk, the option must be activated with the cnfswfunc command. Therefore, the default is rtrk for routing trunk. The routing trunk utilization applies to both a routing node and a stand-alone node.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfifastrk <slot.port> <ftrk | rtrk | vtrk>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
•slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
<ftrk | rtrk | vtrk>
|
Trunk type.
•ftrk = feeder trunk
•rtrk = routing trunk (default)
•vtrk = virtual trunk
|
Related Commands
uncnfifastrk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 2
|
Example 1-111 Configure line 1 on PXM in slot 7 as a feeder trunk
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifastrk 7.1 ftrk
cnfifip
Configure Interface Address
Use the cnfifip command to configure the interface address for LAN, SLIP, or ATM on the PXM. In addition, you can specify an interface to be up or down dynamically. No reboot is required to bring an interface up or down, and interfaces set to down are persistent across resets.
A shelf now can have one or two IP addresses for Ethernet. The shelf IP address set using the cnfifip command will always be the IP address of the active card.
The bootChange IP address is used for the standby card and backup boot if it is different from the shelf IP address. If the bootChange IP address is same as the shelf IP address, then the Ethernet interface on the standby card or in backup boot is left in the down state.
Software Version
New feature (up/down IP interface) available with 1.1.20 and higher
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfifip <Interface> <IPaddr> [<NetMask> [BroadcastAddr]] InterfaceFlag
Syntax Description
Interface
|
Interface as Ethernet, SLIP, or ATM.
•26 = Ethernet
•28 = SLIP
•37 = ATM
|
IPaddr
|
A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
NetMask
|
<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255
If netmask "255.255.255.252" is used for the SLIP interface, the PXM will automatically add host route for its peer whenever the interface is turned ON.
|
BroadcastAddr
|
<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255.
|
InterfaceFlag
|
Interface flag, either UP or DOWN.
|
Related Commands
dspifip
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-112 Configure ATM interface and bring it up
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configuration for the interface address, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-113 Configure ATM interface with the current information in the database
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm up
Example 1-114 Remove ATM interface and preserve the information in the database
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm down
cnfilmi
Configure ILMI
Use the cnfilmi command to configure the local management interface port on the PXM or AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfilmi <ifNum> <bbIfSigPortNum> <ilmiEnable> <sigProtocolType> <signallingVPI> <signallingVCI> <iLMITrap> <minTrapInterval> <keepAlive> <errorThresholdN491> <pollingIntervalT491> <eventThresholdN492> <minEnquiryIntervalT493> <addrRegEnable>
Syntax Description
ifNum
|
Interface number.
|
bbIfSigPortNum
|
Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.
|
ilmiEnable
|
ILMI, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
sigProtocolType
|
Signal protocol type.
•1 = other
•2 = no signalling
•3 = ILMI
|
signallingVPI
|
Signalling virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.
|
signallingVCI
|
Signalling virtual channel identifier (VCC), in the range 0-4095.
|
iLMITrap
|
ILMI trap, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
minTrapInterval
|
Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
keepAlive
|
Keep alive function, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
errorThresholdN491
|
Error threshold N491, in the range 1-10.
|
pollingIntervalT491
|
Polling interval T491, in the range 1-v12.
|
eventThresholdN492
|
Event threshold N492, in the range 1-10.
|
minEnquiryIntervalT493
|
Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20.
|
addrRegEnable
|
Address registration, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax: AUSM
cnfilmi <port_num> <signal_type> <vpi> <vci> <scr> <trap_enable> <min_trap_int> <keep_alive>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
signal_type
|
Signalling type.
•1 = other
•2 = no signalling
•3 = ILMI
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-259.
|
vci
|
Virtual circuit identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.
|
trap_enable
|
ILMI trap, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
min_trap_int
|
Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
keep_alive
|
Keep alive polling, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1 (Cisco for PXM)
|
cnfimagrp
Configure IMA Group
Use the cnfimagrp command to configure delay and resilient links for inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfimagrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>
Syntax Description
grp
|
IMA group number, in the range 1-8.
|
max_diff_delay
|
Maximum tolerable differential delay between the various links in the IMA group in the range appropriate for the SM type.
•AUSM8-T1 = 0-275 milliseconds
•AUSM8-E1 = 0-200 milliseconds
|
min_num_links
|
Number of resilient links in the inverse multiplexer. This setting is the number of links the system can lose from this IMA group without bringing it down.
Default = one less than the number of links in the selected group.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-115 Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links
flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfimagrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2
cnfln
Configure Line
Use the optional cnfln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln). Applicable cards are the core cards and service modules. For the PXM1 and optional SRM, a syntax switch or command delineator is necessary to identify the interface type as well as the parameters. (See syntax descriptions that follow.)
Note On the PXM1 CLI, all parameters for this command are optional and position-independent. Therefore, you can enter them in any order after the interface identifier. A parameter value is mandatory only if you type the delineator for that parameter.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Note The cnfln command on the PXM supports a loopback parameter.
On all PXM interfaces, a loopback is available. The local loopback exists between the daughter card and the back card. The remote loopback exists between the CPE or switch and the PXM daughter card. With a remote loopback, the data originates on the CPE or external switch, arrives at the PXM daughter card, then returns to the remote equipment. (See Figure 1-5.)
Figure 1-5 Local and Remote Loopbacks on the PXM
DS3 Loopback
In software Release 1.1.31 and higher, the switch can be configured to perform DS3 loopback testing on the PXM-T3 back card. The installation and configuration manual for this switch contains complete procedures for the following tests:
•Configure loopback on the entire DS3 line
•Configure loopback on all DS1s in a DS3 line
•Receive a loopback request; to verify that the loopback can be configured on the entire DS3 line
•Configure DS3 for sending looped or normal data
•Configure loopback on all DS1s in a DS3 line
•Configure DS3 for sending looped or normal data
•Configure DS3 to send Line loopback
•Configure DS3 for sending loopback deactivation request
•Configuring FEAC validation criteria to be FEACCodes4 Of5
•Configuring FEAC validation criteria to be FEACCodes8Of10
•Configure loopback on the entire DS3 line
•Configure loopback on all DS1s in a DS3 line
•Configuring Receive validation FEAC code
•Configuring Transmit FEAC code
•Configure DS3 for sending looped or normal data
•Configure DS3 to send Line loopback
•Configure DS3 for sending loopback deactivation request
•Configuring Receive validation FEAC code
•Configuring FEAC validation criteria to be FEACCodes4Of5
Syntax: PXM (SONET)
cnfln -sonet <LineNum> -slt <LineType> -lpb <LoopCmd> -smask <HCSmasking>
-sps <PayloadScramble> -sfs <FrameScramble>
Syntax Description
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
•Slot number is 7 or 8
•The line number is 1 for the OC-12 card or in the range 1-4 for the OC-3 card
|
-slt
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.
|
LineType
|
Line type:
•1 = sonetSts3c
•2 = sonetStm1
•3 = sonetSts12c
•4 = sonetStm4
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the SONET interface.
•1 specifies no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
•2 specifies that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
•3 specifies that the near end loops back local data.
|
-smask
|
Command delineator that precedes the HCSmasking entry.
|
HCSmasking
|
HCS masking, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-sps
|
Command delineator that precedes the PayloadScramble entry.
|
PayloadScramble
|
Payload scramble, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-sfs
|
Command delineator that precedes the FrameScramble entry.
|
FrameScramble
|
Frame scramble, either enabled or disabled.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax: PXM (T3)
cnfln -ds3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -ltp <LineType> -len <LineLength> -oof <LineOOFCriteria>
-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck> -lpb <LoopCmd> -felpnum <FarEndLoopbLineNum> -rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation> -teac <XmtFEACCode> -pls <dsx3plcpPayloadScramble>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
DS3 line number in the format slot.port and has the following possible values:
•For a PXM1, the slot is 7 or 8. For an optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI), the slot is 15, 16, 31, or 32.
•The port is 1-2 for a PXM1 or 1-3 for an SRM.
|
-lc
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.
|
LineCoding
|
Line coding for Zero Code Suppression B3ZS or HDB3.
•1 = B3ZS on a DSX3 line
•2 = HDB3 on an E3 line
|
-ltp
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.
|
LineType
|
Select one of the following values:
•1 = Cbit parity
•2 = not allowed
•3 = m23
|
-len
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.
|
LineLength
|
Number of line feet.
•1 = less than 225 feet
•2 = 225 feet or more
|
-oof
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineOOFCriteria entry.
|
LineOOFCriteria
|
Threshold for triggering an Out Of Frame condition.
•1 = 3 out of 8 An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 8 framing bits are in error.
•2 = 3 out of 16 An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 16 framing bits are in error.
|
-cb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineAIScBitsCheck entry.
|
LineAIScBitsCheck
|
Test of the C-bit in response to AIS status.
•1 = check the C-bit
•2 = ignore the C-bit
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the DS3/T3 interface. The looped data is the line framing synchronization and is sent every 10 ms. The loop exists on the daughter card attached to the PXM1 front card. The back card is involved only as a passive part of the loopback and only in the case of a remote loopback. For remote loopback, the far end can be CPE on a UNI port or a switch at the far end of a trunk. For local loopback, the data passes between only the PXM1 front card and the daughter card. Note that the mere execution of a loop may clear line alarms.
•1 = no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
•2 = that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
•3 = local data loopback.
•4 = inband local loopback.
|
-felpbnum
|
Command delineator that precedes the FarEndLoopbkLineNum entry.
|
FarEndLoopbkLineNum
|
Specify one of the following values:
•FarEndLoopbkLineNum = 1-30
•DS1 Line Number = 1-28
•DS1 Line = 29
•All = 30
|
-rfeac
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineRcvFEACValidation entry.
|
LineRcvFEACValidation
|
A number to specify criteria to validate far-end alarm and control (FEAC) code.
•Enter 1 to specify 4 out of 5. A valid FEAC code is declared if 4 of 5 codes match.
•Enter 2 to specify 8 out of 10. A valid FEAC code is declared if 8 of 10 codes match.
|
-tfeac
|
Command delineator that precedes the XmtFEACCode entry.
|
XmtFEACCode
|
One of the following transmit option, in the range 1-6:
1 = Send No Code
2 = Send Line Code
3 = Send Payload Code
4 = Send Reset Code
5 = Send DS1 Loopback Code
6 = Send Test Pattern
|
-pls
|
Command delineator that precedes the dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble entry.
|
dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble
|
One of the following values:
1 = enable
2 = disable
|
Example 1-116 Configures the FarEndLoopbkLineNum to DS3 line, and configures the transmit FEAC code to SendLineCode
=== to configure ds3 line ===
cnfln "-ds3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -ltp <LineType> -len <LineLength>
-oof <LineOOFCriteria> -cb <LineAIScBitsCheck> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-felpbnum <FarEndLoopbkLineNum>
-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation> -tfeac <XmtFEACCode> -pls
<dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble>"
<LineNum> where LineNum = Slot.Line
where Slot = 7,8,15,16,31,32
-ltp <lineType> where 1-Cbit-Parity, 2: not allowed, 3: m23
-lc <LineCoding> where LineCoding = 1 - 2, 1: dsx3B3ZS, 2: e3HDB3
-len <LineLength> where LineLength = 1 - 2, 1: < 225 ft 2: >= 225
-oof <OOFCriteria> where OOFCriteria = 1 - 2, 1: 3 Out of 8, 2: 3
-cb <AIScBitsCheck> where AIScBitsCheck = 1 - 2,1: Chk C-bit, 2:
-lpb <LoopCmd> where LoopCmd = 1-4
1:NoLoop 2:RemoteLineLoop 3:LocalLineLoop
-rfeac <RcvFEACValidation> where RcvFEACValidation = 1 - 3
1: 4 Out of 5, 2: 8 out of 10, 3:
-tfeac <XmtFEACCode> where XmtFEACCode = 1 - 6
1: SendNoCode, 2: SendLineCode
3: SendPayloadCode, 4: SendResetCode
5: SendDS1LoopCode, 6: SendTestPattern
-felpbnum <FarEndLoopbkLineNum> where FarEndLoopbkLineNum = 1-30
1-28:ds1lineNum, 29: ds1lineAll, 30:
-pls <dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble> where dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble = 1-2
cnfln -ds3 8.1 -tfeac 2 -felpbnum 30
Example 1-117 Verify the configuration shown in the previous example.
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes
LineXmtFEACCode: SendLineCode <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
FarEndLoopbkLineNum: ds3line <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
LinePayloadScramble: Disabled
Example 1-118 Disabling the FEAC codes.
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: Disable FEAC Code <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
LineXmtFEACCode: SendLineCode
FarEndLoopbkLineNum: ds3line
LinePayloadScramble: Disabled
Syntax: PXM E3
cnfln -e3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -len <LineLength> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-topt <TrailTraceOption> -txtt <txTrailTrace> -txma <txTimingMarker>
-rxma <rxTimingMarker> -txpt <txPayloadType>
Syntax Description
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line and has the following possible values:
•For a PXM1, the slot is 7 or 8. For an optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI), the slot is 15, 16, 31, or 32.
•The line number is 1-2 for the E3 back card on the PXM1. No E3 back card exists for the SRM.
|
-lc
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.
|
LineCoding
|
Line coding for Zero Code Suppression B3ZS or HDB3.
•1 = B3ZS on a DSX3 line
•2 = HDB3 on an E3 line
|
-len
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.
|
LineLength
|
Number of line feet.
•1 = less than 225 feet
•2 = 225 feet or more
|
-lpb
|
Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loopback mode of the E3 interface.
•1 = no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.
•2 = that the near end loops back data from the remote end.
•3 = local data loopback.
|
-topt
|
Command delineator that precedes the TrailTraceOption entry.
|
TrailTraceOption
|
Trail trace, either enabled or disabled.
•1= disable
•2 = enable
|
-txtt
|
Command delineator that precedes the txTrailTrace entry.
|
txTrailTrace
|
Length of the trail trace string in the transmit direction (away from the switch). The maximum length of txTrailTrace is 16 bytes.
|
-txma
|
Command delineator that precedes the txTimingMarker entry.
|
txTimingMarker
|
Timing marker tracer during outbound transmission.
•1 = traceable
•2 = untraceable
|
-rxma
|
Command delineator that precedes the rxTimingMarker entry.
|
rxTimingMarker
|
Timing marker tracer during inbound transmission.
•1 = traceable
•2 = untraceable
|
-txpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the txPayloadType entry.
|
txPayloadType
|
Payload type.
•1 = unequipped
•2 = equipped
•3 = ATM
•4 = sdhtu12s
|
Syntax: FRSM 8T1, 8E1, 2CT3
cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <clk_src>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS1 Line number, in the range 1-56.
|
line_type
|
Type of line to be configured.
•1 = dsx1ESF
•2 = dsx1D4
|
clk_src
|
DSX1 clock source.
•1 = loop clock
•2 = local clock
|
Syntax: FRSM 2T3, 2E3, 2CT3, HS2
cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS3 line number, in the range 1-2.
|
line_type
|
Type of line to be configured.
•1 = C-bit parity
•2 = g832_g804
•3 = M13
•4 = g751
|
line_len
|
Length of line.
•1 = less than 225 feet
•2 = greater than 225 feet
|
clk_src
|
DSX3 clock source.
•1 = backplane clock
•2 = recovery clock
•3 = local clock
|
Syntax: FRSM HS1/B
cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <line_rate>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-4.
|
line_type
|
Line type.
•1 = DTE
•2 = DCE
•3 = DTE_ST (V.35 only)
|
line_rate
|
Line rate, in the range 48 Kbps-52 Mbps.
1= 48000 11= 320000 21= 1792000 31= 6315000 41=12629000
2= 56000 12= 336000 22= 1920000 32= 7744000 42=13897000
3= 64000 13= 384000 23= 1984000 33= 7899000 43=14222000
4= 112000 14= 392000 24= 2048000 34= 8192000 44=14336000
5= 128000 15= 448000 25= 3097000 35= 9289000 45=15488000
6= 168000 16= 512000 26= 3157000 36= 9472000 46=15799000
7= 192000 17= 768000 27= 4096000 37=10240000 47=16384000
8= 224000 18= 1024000 28= 4645000 38=10890000 48=20025000
9= 256000 19= 1536000 29= 4736000 39=11059000 49=24986000
10= 280000 20= 1544000 30= 6195000 40=12390000 50=52000000
|
AUSM, CESM, VISM (for T1 or E1)
cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling]
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
line_code
|
Line coding.
•2 = B8ZS, applies to T1
•3 = HDB3, applies to E1
•4 = AMI, applies to T1 or E1
|
line_len
|
Line length, as appropriate for the interface.
•T1: 10-15
–10: 0-131 ft.
–11: 131-262 ft.
–12: 262-393 ft.
–13: 393-524 ft.
–14: 524-655 ft.
–15: 655+ ft.
•E1 with SMB module: 8
•E1 with RJ-48 module: 9
|
clk_src
|
Clock source, either loop clock or local clock.
•1 = loop clock
•2 = local clock
|
E1-signalling
|
•CAS: CAS, no CRC
•CAS_CRC: CAS with CRC
•CCS: CCS no CRC
•CCS_CRC: CCS with CRC
•CLEAR: Clear E1
|
Related Commands
addln, delln, dsplns, dspln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-119 Configure line 4 on the current card (an AUSM in slot 4) to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 10, and use the loop clock as a clock source
wilco.1.4.AUSM.a > cnfln 4 2 10 1
=== to configure ds3 line ===
cnfln "-ds3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -ltp <LineType> -len <LineLength>
-oof <LineOOFCriteria> -cb <LineAIScBitsCheck> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-felpbnum <FarEndLoopbkLineNum>
-rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation> -tfeac <XmtFEACCode> -pls
<dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble>"
<LineNum> where LineNum = Slot.Line
where Slot = 7,8,15,16,31,32
-ltp <lineType> where 1-Cbit-Parity, 2: not allowed, 3: m23
-lc <LineCoding> where LineCoding = 1 - 2, 1: dsx3B3ZS, 2: e3HDB3
-len <LineLength> where LineLength = 1 - 2, 1: < 225 ft 2: >= 225
-oof <OOFCriteria> where OOFCriteria = 1 - 2, 1: 3 Out of 8, 2: 3
-cb <AIScBitsCheck> where AIScBitsCheck = 1 - 2,1: Chk C-bit, 2:
-lpb <LoopCmd> where LoopCmd = 1-4
1:NoLoop 2:RemoteLineLoop 3:LocalLineLoop
-rfeac <RcvFEACValidation> where RcvFEACValidation = 1 - 3
1: 4 Out of 5, 2: 8 out of 10, 3:
-tfeac <XmtFEACCode> where XmtFEACCode = 1 - 6
1: SendNoCode, 2: SendLineCode
3: SendPayloadCode, 4: SendResetCode
5: SendDS1LoopCode, 6: SendTestPattern
-felpbnum <FarEndLoopbkLineNum> where FarEndLoopbkLineNum = 1-30
1-28:ds1lineNum, 29: ds1lineAll, 30:
-pls <dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble> where dsx3PlcpPayloadScramble = 1-2
cnfln -ds3 8.1 -tfeac 2 -felpbnum 30
configures the FarEndLoopbkLineNum to DS3 line.
configures the transmit feac code to SendLineCode
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes
LineXmtFEACCode: SendLineCode <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
FarEndLoopbkLineNum: ds3line <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
LinePayloadScramble: Disabled
These values are defined in the cnfln -ds3 option mentioned above.
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: Disable FEAC Code <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
LineXmtFEACCode: SendLineCode
FarEndLoopbkLineNum: ds3line
LinePayloadScramble: Disabled
cnflnsubrate
Configure Line Subrate
Use cnflnsubrate to configure the T3/E3 line subrate mode. This command provides T3/E3 line subrates for Digital Link and ADC Kentrox DSUs.
Possible errors associated with this command are
•Illegal/invalid parameters
•Feature is already enabled
•Line doesn't exist
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-2T3/2E3
Syntax
cnflnsubrate <line_num> <dsu_subrate_ena> <dsu_select> <dsu_scramble_ena> <dsu_line_rate >
Syntax Description
line_num
|
DS3 line number, in the range 1 to 2.
|
dsu_subrate_ena
|
One of the following values:
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
dsu_select
|
One of the following modes:
•1 = Digital Link 3100 Mode
•2 = ADC-Kentrox
|
dsu_scramble_ena
|
DSU line scrambling:
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
dsu_line_rate
|
A DSU line rate, values ranging from x to y.
For DL3100:
•FRSM-2T3: x = 300, y = 44210
•FRSM-2E3: x = 358, y = 34010
For ADC-Kentrox Mode:
•FRSM-2T3/E3: x = 500, y = 44210 or 34010 in steps of x-value
|
.
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
cnfname
Configure Name
Use the cnfname PAR command to set the switch name. The name can consist of letters, special characters "_" and "-" and numbers. It must begin with a letter and cannot contain spaces. The name is case-sensitive.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfname <node name>
Syntax Description
node name
|
Node name consisting of up to eight alphanumeric characters.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-120 Set the switch name. The prompt returns with the new name. However, on the command line, the name is truncated to eight characters because of the information displayed in the prompt
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfname kanchendzonga
cnfoamlpbk
Configure OAM Loopback
Use the cnfoamlpbk command to configure the OAM loopback test. This nonintrusive test sends OAM cells to an idle PVC, one not receiving data for a whole minute, to verify connection continuity. No remote end loopback is necessary for this test to run. OAM cells are automatically recognized and returned without the need for the remote end to be looping back all data. If the endpoints reside in FastPacket cards, then "test delay" cells are transmitted instead of OAM loopback cells.
The OAM cell is initiated at an endpoint and sent into the network, where it will be returned by the card at the remote end of the connection. (Note that the cells do not go through NNI trunks.) When ten consecutive cells are not received, the PVC is declared failed. The test logs alarms when significant continuous cell loss is encountered.
Once a failed PVC is detected, the local end from which the test started sends a network message to the endpoint node indicating a failure. This provides consistent network views for both ends of the connection.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2
Syntax
cnfoamlpbk <action> <frequency>
Syntax Description
action
|
One of the following actions:
•1 = OamRas enabled
•2 = OamRas disabled
|
frequency
|
Frequency at which the loopback cells should be sent, in the range 1 to 10 minutes.
|
Related Commands
dspoamlpbk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-121 Send OAM cells every 10 minutes on an FRSM-2CT3 card
NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a > cnfoamlpbk 1 10
NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a >
cnfpasswd
Configure Password
Use the cnfpasswd command to set the password for the specified User ID. Enter the command without arguments to change your own password. Prompts are presented to let you enter the new password and to confirm it.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfpasswd [<user_id>]
Syntax Description
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-122 Change your own password. Prompts appear for you to enter the new password and confirm it.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnfpasswd
cnfplpp
Configure PLPP
Use the cnfplpp command to set physical layer protocol process (PLPP) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfplpp <phy_port_num> <loopback> <scramble> <singlebit_errcorr_ena>
Syntax Description
phy_port_num
|
Physical port number, in the range 1-8.
|
loopback
|
PLPP loopback.
•1 = no loopback
•2 = remote loopback
•3 = local loopback
|
scramble
|
Enable or disable cell scramble.
•1 = no scramble
•2 = scramble
|
singlebit_errcorr_ena
|
Enable or disable single-bit error correction.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspplpp
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-123 Configure PLPP parameters on port 1 on current AUSM card in slot 22 to disable cell scramble, to disable PLPP loopback, and to disable single-bit error correction
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfplpp 1 1 1 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configurations for PLPP parameters, use the dspplpp command.
Example 1-124 Confirm PLPP configuration
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1
CellScramble: No Scramble
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
cnfport
Configure Port
Use the cnfport command to configure service port on an FRSM or a PXM. The configuration can be verified using the dspport command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax: PXM
cnfport <port_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_VPI> <max_VPI>
Syntax Description
port_number
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
percent_bandwidth
|
Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated on the port, in the range 1-100.
|
min_VPI
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.
|
max_VPI
|
Maximum VPI, in the range 0-4095.
|
Syntax: FRSM
cnfport <port_num> <lmi_sig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
•FRSM
–8-port T1 range = 1-192
–8-port E1range = 1-248
–4-port HS1 or HS2 range 1-4
–Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
–2-port HS1 or HS2 range = 1-2
–Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
–Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
lmi_sig
|
LMI signalling protocol type.
•1 = Other
•2 = None
•3 = StrataLMI
•4 = AnnexAUNI
•5 = AnnexDUNI
•6 = AnnexANNI
•7 = AnnexDNNI
|
asyn
|
Enable or disable asynchronous update.
•(y)es = enable
•(n)o = disable (default)
|
ELMI
|
Enable or disable enhanced LMI.
•N or n = disable
•Y or y = enable
|
T391
|
T391 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for NNI status polling.
Default = 10
|
T392
|
T392 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI status polling.
Default = 15
|
N391
|
N391 counter, in the range 1-255. This setting establishes the number of UNI/NNI polling cycles.
Default = 6
|
N392
|
N392 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI error threshold.
Default = 3
|
N393
|
N393 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI monitored events threshold, which must be greater than N392.
Default = 4
|
Related Commands
addport, delport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-125 Configure port parameters on PXM port 1, in slot 8, to allocate all bandwidth and to set VPI range for 0-4095
spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfport 1 100 0 4095
cnfportcllm
Configure Port CLLM
Use the cnfportcllm command to set consolidated link layer management (CLLM) parameters for a specified port on the current card. Use CLLM to pass ForeSight to another Cisco WAN switching network using NNI.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
cnfportcllm <port_num> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
•8-port T1 range = 1-192
•8-port E1range = 1-248
•4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4
•Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
•2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2
•Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
•Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
CLLMEN
|
Enable or disable CLLM.
•1 = disable (default)
•2 = enable
|
CLLMTM
|
CLLM time, in the range 40-5000 milliseconds. This setting is the amount of time to wait to receive CLLM updates before timing out.
Default = 1000 (1 second)
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
cnfportq
Configure Port Queue
Use the cnfportq command to configure queue parameters for a specified port on the current AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
cnfportq <port_num> <q_num> <q_algo> <q_depth> <clp_high> <clp_low> <efci_thres>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
q_num
|
Queue number.
•1 = CBR (Constant Bit Rate)
•2 = ABR (Available Bit Rate)
•3 = VBR (Variable Bit Rate)
•4 = UBR (Unspecified Bit Rate)
|
q_algo
|
Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5.
0 = disable queue
|
q_depth
|
Maximum queue depth, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
clp_high
|
Cell loss priority (CLP), in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
clp_low
|
Low CLP, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
efci_thres
|
Explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI) threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
cnfportrscprtn
Configure Port Resource Partition
Use the cnfportrscprtn command to configure the resources each controller application receives at a port.
You need to configure partitions at the port level if:
•You configured card-level resource partitioning to be off.
•You configured resource partitioning to be on, with or without specified controller allocations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
cnfportrscprtn <port_no> <controller> <ingress_%bw> <egress_%bw> <min_VPI> <max_VPI> <min_VCI> <max_VCI> <max_GLCNs>
Syntax Description
port_no
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.
|
controller
|
Network control application.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
ingress_%bw
|
Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egress_%bw
|
Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_VPI
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_VPI
|
Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_VCI
|
Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_VCI
|
Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_GLCNs
|
Maximum number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.
|
Syntax: AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
cnfportrscprtn <port_num> <controller-name> <conn ID range> <percent bandwidth> [number of conns]
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
•FRSM
–8-port T1 range = 1-192
–8-port E1range = 1-248
–4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4
–Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4
–2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2
–Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2
–Channelized T3 = 1-56
|
controller-name
|
Controller type.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI (currently not used)
•3 = TAG
|
conn ID range
|
Range of connection IDs available to the controller.
|
percent bandwidth
|
Percentage of the port bandwidth available to the controller. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
number of conns
|
Connections available to a controller on a port.
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1 (Service for PXM)
|
cnfprfparam
Configure Preference Parameters
Use the cnfprfparam command to configure the bucket interval.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfprfparam <bucket interval>
Syntax Description
bucket interval
|
Bucket interval, in the range 1-600 seconds.
|
Related Commands
dspprf, dspprfhist
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-126 Set bucket interval for two seconds
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfprfparam 2
The bucket interval will be effective after the current bucket interval is over.
cnfrscprtn
Configure Resource Partition
Use the cnfrscprtn command to modify an existing resource partition. Refer to the description of addrscprtn for information on resource partitions.
A resource partition on a PXM consists of a percent of bandwidth, a virtual path identifier (VPI)/virtual channel identifier (VCI) range, and the number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) available to a network control application. The current network control applications are Portable AutoRoute (PAR) and Tag Switching.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Logical interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set network control application.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
ingr_pct_bw
|
Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
egr_pct_bw
|
Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
min_vci
|
Minimum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_vci
|
Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.
|
max_chans
|
Maximum GLCNS, in the range 0-32767.
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn, dsplnrsc
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-127 Modify resource partition on current PXM card
MGX-01.1.2.PXM.a > cnfrscprtn 1 1 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
cnfserialif
Configure Serial Interface
Use the cnfserialif command to configure the speed of a serial port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfserialif -if <serial_port_num> -sp <serial_port_speed>
Syntax Description
-if
|
Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_num entry.
|
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number. Enter the value 1 (for console) or 2 (for slip).
|
-sp
|
Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_speed entry.
|
serial_port_speed
|
Port speed.
•1 = 9600 bps
•2 = 2400 bps
•3 = 19200 bps
|
Related Commands
dspserialif
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-128 Configure speed on slip for 19200 bps
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfserialif -if 2 -sp 3
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2
SerialPortEnable : Enable
cnfslftst
Configure Self-Test
Use the cnfslftst command to configure the self-test routine on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
cnfslftst -en <SelftestEnable> -tm <SelftestPeriod>
Syntax Description
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the SelftestEnable entry.
|
SelftestEnable
|
Enable or disable self-test.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-tm
|
Command delineator that precedes the SelftestPeriod entry.
|
SelftestPeriod
|
Period, in minutes, between self-tests in the range 1-60.
|
Related Commands
clrslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-129 Enable self-test for the AUSM in slot 22, with a self-test period of five minutes
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfslftst -en 2 -tm 5
cnfsnmp
Configure SNMP
Use the cnfsnmp command to view the community strings configured on a service module. The default SNMP community string is set to POPEYE.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfsnmp <community string>
Syntax Description
community string
|
The SNMP community string, up to 18 characters in length.
|
Related Commands
dspsnmp
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-130 Configure SNMP community string
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > cnfsnmp POPEYE2ST
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp
Community String:POPEYE2ST
cnfsrmclksrc
Configure SRM Clock Source
Use the cnfsrmclksrc command to configure the SRM clock source to be acquired from either the PXM or from an SRM-3T3 T3 line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfsrmclksrc -ds3 <LineNum> -srmclk <ClockSource>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator for the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•line range = 1 to N, as appropriate for the card
|
-srmclk
|
Command delineator for the ClockSource entry.
|
ClockSource
|
Value to set clock source.
•1 = backplane clock, from PXM (default)
•2 = recovery clock, from T3 line
|
Related Commands
dspsrmclksrc
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
cnfstatsmgr
Configure Statistics Manager
Use the cnfstatsmgr command to specify the IP address of the workstation with the statistics manager to the MGX 8250 switch node. If the node on an MGX 8250 switch does not have this IP address, it refuses requests for statistical information from the workstation that is running Cisco WAN Manager.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfstatsmgr <IP_Addr>
Syntax Description
IP_Addr
|
A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
dsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
cnfswfunc
Configure Software Function
Use the cnfswfunc PAR command to set certain node-level, paid features on an MGX 8250 switch. The features are the feeder implementation of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VS/VD) control for ABR traffic. The defaults are disabled for VS/VD and the routing implementation of the MGX 8250 switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnfswfunc -vsvd <enable(yes) | disable(no)> -ndtype <fdr | routing>
Syntax Description
-vsvd
|
Command delineator that precedes the enable or disable entry.
|
enable(yes) disable(no)
|
Character that enables or disables VSVD.
•e = enable
•d = disable
|
-ndtype
|
Command delineator that precedes the fdr | routing entry.
|
fdr | routing
|
Node implementation.
•fdr = feeder implementation
•routing = either the stand-alone or routing node implementation (default)
|
Note The cnfswfunc command does not let you enable more than one feature at a time.
Related Commands
dspswfunc
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-131 Set the VSVD to enable and the node implementation to routing
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfswfunc -vsvd yes -ndtype routing
cnftime
Configure Time
Use the cnftime command to set the time on the PXM. The node uses a 24-hour clock.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftime <hh:mm:ss>
Syntax Description
hh:mm:ss
|
Hour, minutes, seconds.
•hh = hour, in the range 01-24
•mm = minutes, in the range 01-60
•ss = seconds, in the range 01-60
|
Related Commands
cnftmzn, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-132 Set time for 2 p.m. plus 11minutes and 22 seconds
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftime 14:11:22
04/03/00-14:11:22 3 tDbgCmdTask 1220 informational : TIME/DATE updated
cnftmzn
Configure Timezone
Use the cnftmzn command to configure the time zone for the switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftmzn <timezone>
Syntax Description
timezone
|
Timezone.
1 = GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)
2 = EST (Eastern Standard Time)
3 = CST (Central Standard Time)
4 = MST (Mountain Standard Time)
5 = PST (Pacific Standard Time)
|
Related Commands
cnftime, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-133 Configure time zone in the node to U.S. Central Standard Time
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzn 3
cnftmzngmt
Configure Timezone Relative to GMT
Use the cnftmzngmt command to configure the time zone for the shelf relative to GMT.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftmzngmt <timeoffsetGMT>
Syntax Description
timeoffsetGMT
|
Number of offset in hours from GMT, in the range -12 to 12.
|
Related Commands
cnftmzn, cnftime, cnfdate
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-134 Set time zone in shelf to GMT plus 4 hours
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzngmt 4
cnftrafficgen
Configure Traffic Generation Test
Use the cnftrafficgen command to configure a traffic generation test. This test is used for troubleshooting cell loss and is intended for use with defective PVCs. This test is enabled or disabled at a connection level, not at a card level.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
cnftrafficgen <pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type >
Syntax Description
pvc_num
|
A value in the following ranges:
•16-4015 (2CT3)
•16-2015 (2T3/2E3/HS2)
|
action
|
One of the following actions:
•1 = start
•2 = stop
•3 = abort
|
num_frames
|
A value in the range 1-40960000.
|
pattern_type
|
A value in the range 1-4; default = 1.
|
Related Commands
dsptrafficgen
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-135 Start traffic generation test on connection 16 for 100 frames with a pattern type of 1
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 100 1
Example 1-136 Stop traffic generation test on connection 16
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 2
cnftrapip
Configure Trap IP Address
Use the cnftrapip command to configure the IP address to be used in all out-going traps from the shelf. This should be configured to one of the interface addresses. The system displays errors if they occur.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cnftrapip <ip_addr>
Syntax Description
ip_addr
|
A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-137 Configure the IP address for outgoing traps to 192.169.3.102
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrapip 192.169.3.102
cnftrk
Configure Trunk
Use the cnftrk command to configure various trunk parameters. Execute this command after you have configured the interface as a routing trunk using the cnfifastrk command and activated the trunk on a node through the addtrk command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
Note You can execute this command for only one optional (all but -slot.port) parameter at a time.
cnftrk -slot.port slot.port [-stres <Stats Reserve> | -ccRstr <CC Restrict> | -lnTyp <Line Type> | -passSync <yes/no> | -drtdly <Deroute Delay(ms)> | -fst <yes/no> | -fr <yes/no> | -nts <yes/no> | -ts <yes/no> | -voice <yes/no> | -cbr <yes/no> | -vbr <yes/no> | -abr <yes/no> | -rtcost <Routing_Cost> | -vpcconid <Max VPC Con IDs>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
•Slot = enter the value 7.
•Port range= 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
-stres
|
Command delineator that precedes the Stats Reserve entry.
|
Stats Reserve
|
Statistical reserve in cells per second, in the range 0-maximum bandwidth of the card.
|
-ccRstr
|
Command delineator that precedes the CC Restrict entry.
|
CC Restrict
|
Activates or deactivates the control plane communication restriction.
•yes = activate the restriction With this restriction, the switch avoids sending PAR control data over this trunk but does send control data if no other trunk is available.
•no = allow PAR control communication
|
-lnTyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the Line Type entry.
|
Line Type
|
Line type that characterizes the trunk.
•terrestrial
•satellite
|
-passSync
|
Enable or disable the trunk to pass the synchronization clock.
•yes = enable the trunk to pass sync
•no = disable
|
-drtdly
|
Command delineator that precedes the Deroute Delay entry.
|
Deroute Delay
|
Number of milliseconds the switch waits to deroute connections after a trunk failure occurs. The purpose of delaying connection deroute is that occasional, transitory trunk failures do not warrant the loss of service due to connection derouting.
|
-fst
|
Enable or disable ForeSight control.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-fr
|
Enable or disable Frame Relay traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-nts
|
Enable or disable non-time-stamped traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-ts
|
Enable or disable time-stamped traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-voice
|
Enable or disable voice traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-cbr
|
Enable or disable constant bit rate (CBR) traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-vbr
|
Enable or disable variable bit rate (VBR) traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-abr
|
Enable or disable available bit rate (ABR) traffic.
•yes = enable
•no = disable
|
-rtcost
|
Command delineator that precedes the Routing_Cost entry.
|
Routing_Cost
|
Routing cost for this trunk.
|
-vpcconid
|
Command delineator that precedes the Max VPC Con IDs entry.
|
Max VPC Con IDs
|
Number of available virtual path connection IDs for this trunk.
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 2
|
Example 1-138 Configure trunk parameters on port 1
tango1.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrk 7.1-stres 1000 -ccrstr no -lntyp s -passsync yes -drtdly 0 -fst
yes -fr yes -nts yes -ts yes -voice yes -cbr yes -vbr yes -abr yes -rtcost 10 -vpcconid
255
cnfupcabr
Configure Parameter Control for ABR
Use the cnfupcabr command to configure bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1/E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcabr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr_mcr> <scr_mcr_police> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Note In Release 1.1.31, the default UPC connection parameters on the PXM have changed. The default PCR is 50 cps, and the default for policing is "enabled." These settings are insufficient for running RPM ISIS protocol over the connection, and with such settings, the ISIS protocol will fail. The PCR value needs to be increased, depending upon the number of interfaces configured for ISIS on the RPM.
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 1-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port. The default is 50 cps.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
scr_police
|
SCR_MCR policing.
•1 = CLP[0] cells
•2 = CLP[0+1] cells
•3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcabr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr_mcr> <scr_mcr_police> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
A 10-PortRate has the following PCRs:
•T1-3622
•E1-4528
•clearE1-4830
IMA has the following PCRs:
•T1-3591
•E1-4490
•clrE1-4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr_mcr
|
Sustained cell rate, maximum cell rate.
•10 - PCR (0 + 1)
•0 - Use current value
This parameter allows the user to retain the current value of SCR (for ForeSight, ABR, VBR, and rt-VBR) or MCR (for Standard ABR) by specifying a value of 0 (zero) for SCR_MCR. If any other valid value ((10 - PCR (0+1)) is specified, then that value will be accepted.
|
scr_mcr_police
|
Sustained Cell Rate (SCR) policing.
•1 = CLP [0] cells
•2 = CLP [0 + 1] cells
•3 = No SCR/MCR policing
Note that in cases of ABR connections, there are no separate commands to configure policing parameters for ForeSight ABR and Standard ABR. The policing parameters for both these service types can be configured using cnfupcabr. The parameter SCR_MCR in the command will automatically take the SCR value for Foresight ABR connections and the MCR value for Standard ABR (TM 4.0 compliant) connections.
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
•1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
•IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupccbr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2 (Any for PXM)
|
Example 1-139 Configuring bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 2.1.5 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-140 Configuring bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 31 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
cnfupccbr
Configure User Parameter Control Constant Bit Rate
Use the cnfupccbr command to set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM.
No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax for PXM
cnfupccbr <chan_num> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <pcr[0]> <cdvt[0]> <clp_tag>
Note In Release 1.1.31, the default UPC connection parameters on the PXM have changed. The default PCR is 50 cps, and the default for policing is "enabled." These settings are insufficient for running RPM ISIS protocol over the connection, and with such settings, the ISIS protocol will fail. The PCR value needs to be increased, depending upon the number of interfaces configured for ISIS on the RPM.
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
A channel number in the range 16-1015.
|
enable|disable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal), or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
pcr[0]
|
Peak cell rate in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt [0]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupccbr <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable|disable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
A 10-port rate has the following PCRs:
•T1-3622
•E1-4528
•clearE1-4830
IMA has the following PCRs:
•T1-3591
•E1-4490
•clrE1-4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
•1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)
•IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-141 Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.CVI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 2.1.1 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50
Example 1-142 Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 21 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50
cnfupcrtvbr
Configure the UPC Parameters of rt-VBR Connections
Use the cnfupcrtvbr command to configure the UPC parameters of an rt-VBR connection.
To add an rt-VBR connection, refer to the addcon command.
Connections with the service type rt-VBR are appropriate for real-time voice and video applications that require tightly constrained delay and delay variation. The rt-VBR connections are characterized in terms of peak cell rate (PCR), Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) and maximum burst size (MBS). Sources are expected to transmit at a rate that varies with time. Cells that are delayed beyond a certain limit (MacCTD) are assumed to be of significantly reduced value to the application.
The following SCR policing options are available with this feature:
1. Policing SCR on CLP=0+1
First bucket polices for PCR and the second bucket polices the CLP=0+1 stream for SCR. Cells that are not compliant in the second bucket are dropped. CLP tagging is not applicable. Add an rt-VBR
2. Policing SCR on CLP=0 without Tagging
First bucket polices for PCR and the second bucket polices the CLP=0 stream for SCR. Cells that are not compliant in the second bucket are dropped.
3. Policing SCR on CLP=0 with Tagging
First bucket polices for PCR and the second bucket polices the CLP=0 stream for SCR. Cells that are not compliant in the second bucket CLP tagged and transmitted onto the cell bus.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM-8T1/E1
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcrtvbr <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr_mcr> <scr-mcr_policing> <MBS> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
enable|disable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
A 10- port rate has the following PCRs:
•T1-3622
•E1-4528
•clearE1-4830
IMA has the following PCRs:
•T1-3591
•E1-4490
•clrE1-4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
scr_mcr
|
Sustained Cell Rate, in the range:
10-port rate
•T1 = 3622
•E1 = 4528
•clearE1 = 4830
IMA
•T1 = 3591
•E1 = 4490
•ClrE1 = 4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
scr_mcr_policing
|
Set to one of the following values:
•1 = CLP[0] Cells
•2 = CLP[0+1] Cells
•3 = No SCR/MCR Policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst. Range is 1-5000 cells
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
10-port rate
•T1 = 3622
•E1 = 4528
•clearE1 = 4830
IMA
•T1 = 3591
•E1 = 4490
•ClrE1 = 4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0.
|
clp_tag
|
Cell loss priority (CLP) tagging. Set one of the following values:
•1 = Disable
•2 = Enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, addcon, cnfupccbr
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
cnfupcubr
Configure User Parameter Control Unspecified Bit Rate
Use the cnfupcubr command to configure the usage parameter control (UPC) parameters for unspecified bit rate (UBR) on the current AUSM8 card. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcubr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0-1]> <cdvt[0-1]> <IngPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Note In Release 1.1.31, the default UPC connection parameters on the PXM have changed. The default PCR is 50 cps, and the default for policing is "enabled." These settings are insufficient for running RPM ISIS protocol over the connection, and with such settings, the ISIS protocol will fail. The PCR value needs to be increased, depending upon the number of interfaces configured for ISIS on the RPM.
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0-1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0-1]
|
Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-250000 microseconds.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcubr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0-1]> <cdvt[0-1]> <IngPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
10-port ratePCRs:
•T1 = 3622
•E1 = 4528
•clearE1 = 4830
IMA PCRs:
•T1 = 3591
•E1 = 4490
•ClrE1 = 4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt[0-1]
|
Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-250000 microseconds.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-143 Configuring the usage parameter control (UPC) parameters for unspecified bit rate (UBR) on the current AUSM8 card (using port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 2.1.7 2 4528 250000 50 2
Example 1-144 Configuring the usage parameter control (UPC) parameters for unspecified bit rate (UBR) on the current AUSM8 card (using channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 37 2 4528 250000 50 2
cnfupcvbr
Configure User Parameter Control Variable Bit Rate
Use the cnfupcvbr command to configure channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
cnfupcvbr <chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <clp_tag>
Note In Release 1.1.31, the default UPC connection parameters on the PXM have changed. The default PCR is 50 cps, and the default for policing is "enabled." These settings are insufficient for running RPM ISIS protocol over the connection, and with such settings, the ISIS protocol will fail. The PCR value needs to be increased, depending upon the number of interfaces configured for ISIS on the RPM.
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0 + 1]
|
Peak cell rate for CLP [0+1] cells, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.
|
cdvt[0 + 1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr
|
Sustained cell rate, in the range 1-4670 cells per second.
|
scr_police
|
SCR policing.
•1 = CLP[0] cells
•2 = CLP[0+1] cells
•3 = no SCR policing
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
cnfupcvbr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr_mcr> <scr_mcr_policing> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
enable
|
Enable or disable UPC.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
pcr[0+1]
|
Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port (which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port).
10-port ratePCRs:
•T1 = 3622
•E1 = 4528
•clearE1 = 4830
IMA PCRs:
•T1 = 3591
•E1 = 4490
•ClrE1 = 4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
cdvt[0+1]
|
Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.
|
scr_mcr
|
Sustained cell rate, maximum cell rate.
•10 - PCR (0 + 1)
•0 - Use current value
This parameter allows the user to retain the current value of SCR (for ForeSight, ABR, VBR, and rt-VBR) or MCR (for Standard ABR) by specifying a value of 0 (zero) for SCR_MCR. If any other valid value ((10 - PCR (0+1)) is specified, then that value will be accepted.
|
scr_mcr_police
|
Sustained Cell Rate (SCR) policing.
•1 = CLP [0] cells
•2 = CLP [0 + 1] cells
•3 = No SCR/MCR policing
Note that in cases of ABR connections, there are no separate commands to configure policing parameters for ForeSight ABR and Standard ABR. The policing parameters for both these service types can be configured using cnfupcabr. The parameter SCR_MCR in the command will automatically take the SCR value for foresight ABR connections and the MCR value for Standard ABR (TM 4.0 compliant) connections.
|
mbs
|
Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.
|
IngPcUtil
|
Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.
Default = 0
|
EgSrvRate
|
Egress service rate. Use the following values:
10-port ratePCRs:
•T1 = 3622
•E1 = 4528
•clearE1 = 4830
IMA PCRs:
•T1 = 3591
•E1 = 4490
•ClrE1 = 4789
Note The IMA port's speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.
|
EgPcUtil
|
Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1 to 127.
Default = 0
|
clp_tag
|
Enable or disable CLP tagging.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
dspcon, dspcons, cnfupcabr, cnfupccbr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-145 Configuring channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 2.1.3 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-146 Configuring channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 26 2 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
cnfvismip
Configure VISM IP Address
Use the cnfvismip command to configure the VISM IP address and the signalling unit (SU) IP address on the VISM card. An IP address for each VISM is necessary for it to communicate with the SU and serves as the identifier for VoIP endpoints. Together, the VISM IP address and the local RTP port identify the bearer channel of each VoIP connection.
Any of the above three parameters can be configured with the cnfvismip command. It is possible to configure all of them in a single command invocation or separate invocations. Once configured, these IP addresses will be stored on the hard disk on the PXM and will be retrieved from there for subsequent reboots of the card.
Note No automatic mechanism exists for communicating or registering the VISM IP address to the LightSpeed unit; therefore, configure the signalling unit with the IP address of each CU that the SU controls.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
cnfvismip -cuip <VISM IP address> | -mask <net mask> | -suip <SU IP address>
Syntax Description
-cuip
|
Command delineator that precedes the VISM IP address entry.
|
VISM IP address
|
A 32-bit IP address of the VISM in dotted decimal format.
|
-mask
|
Command delineator that precedes the net mask entry.
|
net mask
|
The network mask in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where n = 0-9, and nnn < 256.
|
-suip
|
Command delineator that precedes the SU IP address entry.
|
SU IP address
|
A 32-bit IP address of the signaling unit, in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
None
commit
Confirm Copying Firmware Load
Use the commit command to confirm copying the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
commit <version>
Syntax Description
version
|
Firmware version.
|
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, printrev, copy, install, abort
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-147 Loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
commit command completed ok
Example 1-148 Commit command errors (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.11
in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade newrev'
ERR: command "commit" failed
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > commit 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the currently running version 1.1.10Hu
ERR: command "commit" failed
Example 1-149 Loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-150 Errors loading firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.04
Incorrect version : 10.0.04
usage: commit [sm <slot>] <version>
ERR: command "commit" failed
copy
Copy Firmware Load
Use the copy command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
copy <fw_load>
Syntax Description
fw_load
|
Firmware file name.
|
Related Commands
abort, commit, cp
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-151 Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
cp
Copy Firmware Load
Use the cp command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
copy <fw_load>
Syntax Description
fw_load
|
Firmware file name.
|
Related Commands
abort, commit, copy
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-152 Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw
cth
Clear Transaction Handler
Use the cth command to clear the transaction handler trace buffer.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cth
Related Commands
dth
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-153 Clear the transaction trace handler
copychans
Copy Channels
Use the copychans command to copy a channel configuration onto one or more channels. This command enables you to create and configure multiple channels from a specified "template" channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
copychans <template chan #> <start chan #> <start dlci> <# of chans> [<start remote VPI>
<start remote VCI>]
Syntax Description
template chan #
|
Template channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
|
start chan #
|
Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
|
start dlci
|
Start local DLCI for FRSM
Start local VCI for AUSM
|
# of chans
|
Number of channels.
|
start remote VPI
|
Start remote virtual path identifier (VPI).
|
start remote VCI
|
Start remote virtual channel identifier (VCI).
|
Related Commands
delchan, delchans
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
copyports
Copy Ports
Use the copyports command to copy a port configuration to one or more ports. The purpose of this command is to create and configure multiple ports from a single port that serves as a template.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM (not on the HS1/B)
Syntax
copyports <template port #> <start port #> <start time slot> <# of ports>
Syntax Description
template port #
|
Number of the template port to be copied.
|
start port #
|
Number of the port to be copied.
|
start time slot
|
Starting time slot in the port to be copied.
|
# of ports
|
Number of contiguous ports to be copied.
|
Related Commands
delport, delports
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
cvsi
Clear VSI
Use the cvsi command to clear the VSI trace buffer.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
cvsi
Related Commands
dvsi
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco
|
Example 1-154 Clear VSI on current PXM
dcct
Display Connection
Use the dcct command to display connection information.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dcct <slot.port.vpi.vci>
Syntax Description
slot.port.vpi.vci
|
•Slot range = 1-32
•Port range = 1-256
•Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 0-4095
•Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 0-65535
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-155 Show connection information for card in slot 2
porky.1.7.PXM.a > dcct 6.2.100.100
Connection does not exist
dcondb
Display Connection Database
Use the dcondb command to view a connection database.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dcondb <dbtype> <index>
Syntax Description
dbtype
|
Database type.
•1 = master
•2 = slave
•3 = DAX
•4 = summary
|
index
|
Set index for either index or dbtype.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
del
Delete
Use the del command to remove a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
del <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
delaimgrp
Delete AIMUX Group
Use the delaimgrp command to delete an AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
delaimgrp <group_num>
Syntax Description
group_num
|
AIMUX group number to be deleted, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-156 Delete AIMUX group 2 on current AUSM card
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > delaimpgrp 2
delapsln
Delete APS Line
Use the delapsln command to delete an APS line configuration.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delapsln <workingline>
Syntax Description
workingline
|
The configured working line on the PXM.
|
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
delbert
Delete BERT
Use the delbert command to conclude a bit error rate testing (BERT) session in a specified location on the shelf.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number, as configured for BERT.
|
Related Commands
cnfbert, dspbert, modbert, xcnfbert
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
delcdrscprtn
Delete Card Resource Partition
Use the delcdrscprtn command to delete global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) allocated to a controller. This command applies if the card partition type is controllerBased.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
delcdrscprtn <controller-name>
Syntax Description
controller-name
|
Controller type.
•1 = PAR/PVC
•2 = PNNI/SPVC
•3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addcdrscprtn, cnfcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
Example 1-157 Delete allotment of connections on current card for Tag controller
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > delcdrscprtn 3
delchan
Delete Channel
Use the delchan command to delete a channel. After you finish this command, no messages appear on-screen unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
delchan <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, as appropriate for the card.
•PXM range = 16-4111
•FRSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = enter the value 32
|
Related Commands
dspchan, addchan, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
delchanloop
Delete Channel Loopback
Use the delchanloop command to delete a channel loopback from the current FRSM or AUSM.
No messages appear on-screen after command entry unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
delchanloop <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card.
•8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•HS1/B range = 16-1015
•2CT3 range = 16-4015
|
Related Commands
addchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
delchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 1-4095
Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 1-65535
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
addchanloop, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-158 Delete channel loopback on a channel number for the current AUSM
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 26
Example 1-159 Delete channel loopback on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 3 on the current AUSM
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 2.1.3
delchans
Delete Channels
Use the delchans command to delete a range of Frame Relay or ATM channels.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
delchans <start chan #> <# of chans>
Syntax Description
start chan #
|
Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
|
# of chans
|
Number of channels to delete.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
delcon
Delete Connection
Use the delcon command to remove a connection from the AUSM or VISM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM, CESM
delcon <conn_ID>
Syntax Description
conn_ID
|
Connection number, as appropriate for the card.
•PXM = enter values in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.
•CESM
–T1 range = 1-192
–E1 range = 1-248
|
Syntax: FRSM,
delcon <port.DLCI>
Syntax Description
port.DLCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.DLCI.
|
Syntax: AUSM
delcon <port.VPI.VCI>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.
|
Related Commands
addcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
deldsx3bert
Delete DSX3 BERT
Use the deldsx3bert command to end the current test. Value in the BERT counters will remain until you use the clrbertcntrs command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax: PXM, CESM, AUSM
deldsx3bert
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-160 Stop current BERT session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > deldsx3bert
Example 1-161 Display results
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Default state
Bert Resource Status State: Free
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Loopback type: No loopback
Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet
Start Date Not Configured Yet
Bit countlower: 1054968191
Bit Error Countlower 1655197832
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
delifip
Delete a Management Interface
Use the delifip command to delete a management interface, clearing the database information.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delifip <Interface>
Syntax Description
Interface
|
Interface type.
•26 = Ethernet
•28 = SLIP
•37= ATM
|
Related Commands
cnfifip, dspifip
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-162 Delete ATM interface (indicated by the number 37)
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delifip 37
dellink
Delete Link
Use the dellink command to remove a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a service module.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dellink <T3 line number> <T1 line number>
Syntax Description
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.port.
•slot = 15 or 31
•line range = 1-3
|
T1 line number
|
Starting T1 line number, in the range 1-28.
|
Related Commands
dsplink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-163 Delete link between first T3 line on SRM-T3 in slot 15 and T1 line 1
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellink 15.1 1
dellmiloop
Delete LMI Loop
Use the dellmiloop command to delete a current local management interface (LMI) configuration and resume sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with the delfdrlp command on the BPX module, shown in Figure 1-6. You first should use dellmiloop on the MGX 8250 switch, then use delfdrlp on the BPX module. Be aware that there is no display command for the feeder loop on the BPX.
Use the dsplmistats command after you have executed the dellmiloop command on the MGX 8250 switch and the delfdrlp command on the BPX module to verify the delete commands. The LMI statistics table will show an increase in statistics.
Figure 1-6 Status Messages Halted then Enabled Again Using dellmiloop and delfdrlp
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dellmiloop <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
A value, where:
•slot = slot number, in the range 1-32
•port = port number, in the range 1-256
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis, addlmiloop
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
The examples that follow illustrate:
•Delete feeder trunk command executed on the BPX
•Display LMI loop command, indicating that an LMI loop exists
•Delete LMI loop command, terminating the LMI loop
Example 1-164 Delete feeder loop on BPX
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > delfdrlp 5.5
Example 1-165 Display LMI loop (LMI loop added)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
Example 1-166 Delete LMI loop
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dellmiloop 7.1
Example 1-167 Display LMI loop (LMI loop deleted)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
delln
Delete Line
Use the delln command to remove a line from the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM (8T1/E1 IMATM-T3T1/E3E1), CESM, VISM
Syntax
delln <LineNum>
or
delln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>
(on the PXM)
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number, as appropriate for the card.
•FRSM range = 1-4
•AUSM range = 1-8
•CESM range = 1-8
•VISM range = 1-8
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes DS3 line number entry.
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes E3 line number entry.
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes SONET line number entry.
|
Note Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET.
Related Commands
dspln, addln, cnfln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-168 Delete line 4 from current card
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delln 4
dellnloop
Delete Line Loop
Use the dellnloop command to remove a T1 or E1 line loopback state for the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dellnloop -ds3 | -e3 | -sonet <line number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes DS3 line number entry.
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes E3 line number entry.
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes SONET line number entry.
|
line number
|
DS3 or E3: Line number for DS3 or E3 in the format slot.port.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32
•Line range = 1-N
SONET: Line number in the format slot.port.
•Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•Line range = 1-N
|
Related Commands
addlnloop
Attributes
Log: No (Yes PXM)
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)
|
dellnsfmaimgrp
Delete Lines from an AIM Group
Use the dellnsfmaimfrp command to remove lines from an existing AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dellnsfmaimgrp <aimux_grp> <list_of_lines>
Syntax Description
aimux_grp
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
list_of_lines
|
List of lines to be deleted from the AIMUX group. Type a dot between each group number in your entry string.
|
Related Commands
addlns2aimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-169 Delete lines 3 and 5 from AIMUX group 2
spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellnsfmaimgrp 2 3.5
delport
Delete Port
Use the delport command to remove a port from a PXM, FRSM, or a CESM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
delport <port-number>
Syntax Description
port-number
|
Number of the port to be deleted.
|
Syntax: FRSM, CESM
delport <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Number of the port to be deleted.
|
Related Commands
addport, cnfport, dspport, dspports
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
delports
Delete Ports
Use the delports command remove a specified number of contiguous port configurations.
No messages appear on-screen with successful completion of this command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, CESM
Syntax
delports <start port #> <# of ports>
Syntax Description
start port #
|
Start port number to be deleted.
|
# of ports
|
Number of contiguous ports to be deleted.
|
Related Commands
copyports
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
delred
Delete Redundancy
Use the delred command to remove a redundancy link for the specified primary card slot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delred <redPrimarySlotNumber>
Syntax Description
redPrimarySlotNumber
|
Slot number of the primary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
dspred, addred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
delrscprtn
Delete Resource Partition
Use the delrscprtn command to remove a resource partition. Refer to the description of addrscprtn for information on resource partitions.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM (not on HS1/B)
Syntax
delrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface Number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Controller number.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
delslotlink
Delete Slot Link
Use the delslotlink command to remove SRM-3T3 link information for a specified slot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
delslotlink <slot number> <line number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number associated with the link to be deleted.
|
line number
|
Line number associated with the link to be deleted, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
0 = unlink all lines
|
Related Commands
dspslotlink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
deltrapmgr
Delete Trap Manager
Use the deltrapmgr to delete the specified trap manager associated with the specified IP address.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deltrapmgr <ipaddr>
Syntax Description
ipaddr
|
A 32-bit IP address of the trap manager to delete, in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
addtrapmgr, dsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
deltree
Delete Tree
Use the deltree command to remove a directory and all files below.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deltree <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
deluser
Delete User
Use the deluser command to remove a user from the list of users on the node of an MGX 8250 switch. The system does not allow you to delete a user with a privilege level higher than the level at which you execute the command. For example, if the current user privilege is 2, you cannot delete a user at level 1. No screen output appears unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
deluser <user ID>
Syntax Description
user ID
|
User name, consisting of up to 12 characters.
|
Related Commands
dspusers, adduser
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
dir
Directory
Use the dir command to view the firmware files on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dir
Related Commands
mkdir
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-170 List firmware on current PXM
-------- ------ ------ --------
512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 . <DIR>
512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 .. <DIR>
2089064 JUL-03-1999 13:54:08 pxm_rmenon.old.fw
896020 JUL-18-1999 14:18:50 sm130.fw
794280 JUL-03-1999 14:56:42 sm35.fw
1136684 JUL-03-1999 16:04:50 sm50.fw
2094828 JUL-16-1999 14:29:06 pxm_rmenon.fw
total space : 819200 K bytes
free space : 742625 K bytes
dlmi
Display LMI Trace
Use the dlmi command to display the data captured as a result of executing the lmitrace command. You first must use the lmitrace command to capture the data, then the dlmi command to display the data.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dlmi
Related Commands
lmitrace (to capture lmi messages) clmi (to clear lmi buffer)
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco
|
Example 1-171 Display when LMI trace buffer is empty
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi
LMI Trace Buffer is empty
Example 1-172 Display when LMI trace buffer contains data (resulting from the lmitrace command)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi
No. Time(mSecs) AbsTime Ltrk Dir MsgType Length Data
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 d3 ]
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 7e 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 65 80 00 05 00 03 00 1f 82 64 80 00 01 d3 0d
00
2 +26 171519880 1 Tx 76 32
[ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 1b 0d
00
dnif
Down Interface
Use the dnif command to deactivate the specified broadband interface.
Note For a user-port, you must remove all UNI channels on the interface before you deactivate the port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dnif <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfif, dspif, upif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
dnilmi
Down ILMI
Use the dnilmi command to deactivate the Integrated Local Management Interface (ILMI) on a specified PXM port number.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dnilmi -ifNum <bbIfSigPortNum>
Syntax Description
-ifNum
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfSigPortNum entry.
|
bbIfSigPortNum
|
Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco
|
downloadflash
Download the Flash
Use the downloadflash command to load the first boot code found by the PXM hard drive into EEPROM (flash memory). A downloadflash session concludes the sequence of tasks for performing a PXM boot code load. Prior to executing the downloadflash command, you must access the boot code, transfer the file (using a put command) to the PXM hard drive.
Using various arguments with the put command enables boot code load onto both the standby and active PXM, or to the active PXM only, or to the standby PXM only. Details are provided in the example below.
Note Make sure only one backup boot code resides in the firmware directory: either delete or rename old versions to ensure the downloadflash session does not pick up the wrong version.
Once firmware is installed in slot 7, the firmware file is mirrored to a PXM subsequently installed in slot 8. For safe measure, however, you should manually download the boot code (using the downloadflash command onto the standby PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
downloadflash
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-173 Load boot code, starting with a TFTP to the boot code source, and ending with the download to standby and active PXM
tftp <dest_addr> (of the switch)
bin
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM.BT
quit
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > downloadflash
Note Despite the potentially deceptive ".fw" argument in the command string, this is NOT a firmware load.
Example 1-174 Place boot code on the active PXM only, using the put string
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_ACTIVE.BT
Example 1-175 Place boot code on the standby PXM only, using the put string:
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_STANDBY.BT
dnport
Down Port
Use the dnport command to deactivate a port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
dnport <PortNum>
Syntax Description
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
upport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
dspaimgrp
Display AIM Group Status and Configuration
Use the dspaimgrp command to view detailed status and configuration information for a specified AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrp <imagroup_number>
Syntax Description
imagroup_number
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrps
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-176 Display all detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX group 1 on current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrp 1
IMA Port state : Sig. Failure
IMA Group Ne state : Startup
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp
Timing reference link : 1
Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number"
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspaimgrpcnt
Display AIM Group Count
Use the dspaimgrpcnt command to view all AIMUX-related counters for a line in an AIMUX group.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimgrpcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-177 Display all AIMUX related counters for AIMUX group 1 on current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrpcnt 1
Ne Number of failures : 0
Syntax : dspimagrpcnt (or dspaimgrpcnt) imagroup
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspaimgrps
Display Status and Configuration of All AIM Groups
Use the dspaimgrps command to view the status and configuration information for all current AIMUX groups.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimgrps
Related Commands
addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrp
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-178 Display status and configuration information for all AIMUX groups on current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrps
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
Syntax : dspimagrps (or dspaimgrps)
dspaimlncnt
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count
Use the dspaimlncnt command to view all the AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimlncnt, clrimalncnt, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-179 Display line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimlncnt 1 1
Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0
Port changed from LDS : 0
# HEC errored seconds : 0
# Severely HEC errored seconds : 0
Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspalm
Display Alarms for a Line
Use the dspalm command to view the alarms associated with a specified line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
New Syntax
dspalm -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum> |
-hs1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.
|
PLCPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•OC-3 line range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
-hs1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a HS1 interface (for FRSM-HS1).
|
LineNum
|
Line number = 1-N, where:
N = 4 if FRSM.
|
Related Commands
clralm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display alarms on PXM T3 line number 2
•Display alarms on PXM OC-3 line number 1
•Display alarms on PXM E1 line number 1
•Display alarms on AUSM T1 line number 1
•Display alarms on VISM line number 1
•Display alarms on FRSM line number 3
Example 1-180 Display alarms on PXM T3 line number 2
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -ds3 7.2
LineAlarmState: No Alarms
LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-181 Display alarms on PXM OC-3 line 1
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -sonet 7.1
SectionCurrentStatus: Clear
SectionStatAlarmStatus: Clear
LineStatAlarmStatus: Clear
PathStatAlarmStatus: Clear
Example 1-182 Display alarms on PXM E3 line 1
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -e3 7.1
LineAlarmState: XmtRAI,RcvLOS
LineStatisticalAlarmState: UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm
Example 1-183 Display alarms on AUSM T1 line 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1
LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
LineStatisticalAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
Example 1-184 Display alarms on VISM line 1
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1
LineAlarmState: No Alarms
LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-185 Display alarms on FRSM line 3
man.1.4.FRSM.a > dspalm -hs1 3
LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On --
Cabletype mismatch - either (DTE/DCE) or (X.21/V.35)is wrong
dspalmcnf
Display Alarm Configuration
Use the dspalmcnf command to view the threshold information about the alarm statistics being collected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.
|
PLCPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•OC-3 line range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
dspalmcnf -hs1 <LineNum>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number = 1-N where:
N = 4 if FRSM
|
Related Commands
dspalm, dspalms
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display alarm configuration for FRSM line 4
•Display alarm configuration for the current PXM
•Display the alarm configuration on the current AUSM for E1 line 1
•Display the alarm configuration on the current FRSM-2T3 for line 1
Example 1-186 Display alarm configuration for FRSM line 4 (slot 17 in this example)
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 17.4
Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold
Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE
---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
17.4 Major/Minor 6/1 1500/6 1/1500
Example 1-187 Display alarm configuration for current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 7.1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
LES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES24hrThreshold: 40
LSES15minThreshold: 4 SEFS15minThreshold: 120
LSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200
PCV15minThreshold: 382 AISS15minThreshold: 120
PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200
PES15minThreshold: 86 UAS15minThreshold: 120
PES24hrThreshold: 864 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200
Example 1-188 Display alarm configuration on current AUSM for E1 line 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
Example 1-189 Display alarm configuration on current VISM for E1 line 1
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1
Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold
Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE
---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
5.1 Major/Minor 6/6 1/1 1500/1500
Example 1-190 Display alarm configuration on current FRSM-2T3 for line 1
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 1
StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor
dspalmcnt
Display Alarm Counters
Use the dspalmcnt command to view the alarm counters and statistics.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).
|
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-plcp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.
|
PLCPNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the form slot.line.
•Slot = enter the value either 7 or 8
•OC-3 line range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Related Commands
clralmcnt, clralmcnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display alarm count for the T3 line 1 on the PXM
•Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the current FRSM
•Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the PXM with OC-3
•Display alarms and counters for line 1 (E3) on the PXM
•Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the VISM
•Display alarms and counters for line 1 on the FRSM-2T3
Example 1-191 Display alarm count for line 1 (T3) of a PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 7.1
Example 1-192 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on current FRSM
spirit.1.11.FRSM.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1
Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount
---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Example 1-193 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on PXM with OC-3
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -sonet 7.1
SectionCurrentValidFlag: valid
SectionCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
SectionCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
SectionCurrentDayESs: 100
SectionCurrentDaySESs: 100
SectionCurrentDaySEFSs: 100
SectionCurrentDayCVs: 5149776
LineCurrentValidFlag: valid
LineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
FarEndLineCurrentValidFlag: valid
FarEndLineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
FarEndLineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
FarEndLineCurrentDayESs: 2
FarEndLineCurrentDaySESs: 2
FarEndLineCurrentDayCVs: 46
FarEndLineCurrentDayFCs: 0
FarEndLineCurrentDaySEFSs: 0
LineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid
PathCurrentValidFlag: valid
PathCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s
Example 1-194 Display alarms and counters for line 1 (E3) on PXM
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -e3 7.1
Example 1-195 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1
Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount
---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------
Example 1-196 Display alarms and counters for line 1 on FRSM-2T3
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 1
dspalms
Display All Alarms on a Card
Use the dspalms command to view all alarms for the selected line type on the card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM
Syntax for PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM
dspalms <lineType> <slot number>
Syntax Description
lineType
|
Line type.
•-ds1 = T1 or E1 lines
•ds3
•e3
•sonet
•plcp
|
slot number
|
Slot number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32. Enter the value either 7 or 8 for SONET.
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
dspalms <lineType>
Syntax Description
lineType
|
Line type is HS1.
|
Related Commands
dspalm
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display alarms on the current FRSM (slot 17)
•Display alarms on the 2 E3 lines on current PXM
•Display alarms on the 3 E1 lines on current VISM
•Display alarms on the 2 T3 lines on current FRSM-2T3
Example 1-197 Display alarms on current FRSM (slot 17)
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalms -ds1
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
17.1 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms
17.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.4 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.5 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms
17.6 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.7 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
17.8 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-198 Display alarms on the 2 E3 lines on current PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalms e3 7
AlarmState : XmtRAI,RcvLOS
StatisticalAlarmState : UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm
StatisticalAlarmState : No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-199 Display alarms on the 3 E1 lines on current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalms -ds1
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
5.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
5.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
5.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
Example 1-200 Display alarms on the 2 T3 lines on current FRSM-2T3
spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalms -ds3
Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState
---- ----------- ---------------------
1.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
1.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms
dspapscfg
Display APS Configuration
Use the dspapscfg command to display more Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far-end. This support applies only to PXM OC-3 and PXM OC-12 cards.
The 1.1.20 software release provides support for the SONET Linear APS 1+1 mode.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspapscfg
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, delapsln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-201 Display APS configuration on current PXM
DENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapscfg
SlotLine Type SFBER SDBER WTR Direc Revert
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1&8.1 1+1_2 3 5 1 UNI NRV
Data Components
SlotLine
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Type
|
The APS mode. Mode 1+1 is currently supported in the 1.1.20 software release.
|
SFBER
|
Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3-5.
•5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
SDBER
|
Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.
•5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5
|
WTR
|
Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range1 to 12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).
|
Direc
|
Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
•UNI = Unidirectional—This APS line supports only one direction.
•BI = Bidirectional—This APS line supports both ends of the line.
|
Revert
|
APS revertive or non-revertive function.
•NRV = Non-revertive
•REV = Revertive This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-to-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
dspapsln
Display APS Line
Use the dspapsln command to display the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) line status.
APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspapsln
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapscfg, delapsln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-202 Display APS line on current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapsln
SlotLine Type Act W_LINE P_LINE APS_ST CDType Dirc Revt LastUsrSwReq
------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1&8.1 1+1_2 7.1 OK OK OK OC-12 UNI NRV NO_REQUEST
Data Components
SlotLine
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.
•OC-3 range = 1-4
•OC-12 = enter the value 1
|
Type
|
APS mode. Release 1.1.20 supports the APS 1+1 mode.
|
Act
|
Line that is currently active.
|
W-Line
|
Status of the working line. Value can be one of the following:
•OK = OK
•R_SD = remote end signal degrade
•SigD = signal degrade
•R_AM = remote end signal failure
•ALM = line alarm
•SigF = signal failure
•MIS = back card mismatch or missing
•LOOPBK = line loopback
|
P-Line
|
Status of the protection line. Value can be one of the following:
•OK = OK
•R_SD = remote end signal degrade
•SigD = signal degrade
•R_AM = remote end signal failure
•ALM = line alarm
•SigF = signal failure
•MIS = back card mismatch or missing
•LOOPBK = line loopback
•P_D = protocol defection (received K1K2 bytes are not expected)
•P_B = protection byte failure
|
APS-ST
|
APS status. Value can be one of the following:
•OK = OK
•AR_MIS = Architecture mismatch
•DI_MIS = direction mismatch
•CH_MIS = channel mismatch
•PL_ALM = line alarm on protection line
|
CDType
|
Back card type, either OC-3 or OC-12.
|
Dirc
|
Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.
•Uni = Unidirectional. This APS line supports only one direction.
•Bi = Bidirectional. This APS line supports both ends of the line.
|
Revertive
|
Value to set the APS revertive or non-revertive function.
•NRV = Non-revertive
•RV = Revertive. This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-to-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.
|
LastUsrSwReq
|
Last user switching request.
|
dspatmlncnf
Display ATM Line Configuration
Use the dspatmlncnf command to view the cell header configuration for the line. The display indicates NNI or UNI cell headers. The configuration is the result of cnfatmln execution. This command applies to stand-alone configurations of the MGX 8250 switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspatmlncnf <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
cnfatmln, clratmlncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-203 Display line configuration for line 2 of PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnf 2
lineNum atmLineInterfaceFormat
----------------------------------
dspatmlncnt
Display ATM Line Counters
Use the dspatmlncnt command to view the ATM cell counters for the specified line. The display shows the total number of cells received, the total number of cells transmitted, and the number of cells received with HEC errors. The configuration is the result of cnfatmlncnt execution. This command applies to stand-alone configurations of the MGX 8250 switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspatmlncnt <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
cnfatmln, clratmlncnt, clratmlncnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-204 Display ATM line counters (total cells received, total cells transmitted, and number of cells received with HEC errors) for line 1 of the PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnt 1
Total Rcvd. Cells : 5214310
Total Xmtd. Cells : 368687
Rcvd. HEC Error Cells : 0
dspbctype
Display Back Card Type
Use the dspbctype command to display the current interface of the 12IN1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either a V.35 or an X.21 interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-HS1B
Syntax
dspbctype
Related Commands
cnfbctype
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-205 Display back card type on current FRSM
man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype
Backcard Personality: X.21
dspbert
Display BERT
Use the dspbert command to view the current BERT configuration.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspbert <slot>
Syntax Description
slot
|
Number of the slot associated with the BERT session for this display.
|
Related Commands
cnfbert, modbert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
dspcbclk
Display Cell Bus Clock
Use the dspcbclk command to display the current clock rate setting. Using this command, you can see which service modules are set for a high cell bus (CB) operating clock rate (42 MHz) or a low rate
(21 MHz). Note that not all service modules can support a high CB clock rate.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM (new), PXM
Syntax
dspcbclk
Related Commands
cnfcbclk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-206 Display current CB settings for PXM1-OC3 module in slot 7
popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk
Command Executed :dspcbclk
-------------------------------
dspcd
Display Card
Use the dspcd command to view characteristics of the current card's hardware and firmware, and information on its status. Card characteristics include serial number and hardware and firmware revision levels. Status may include the reason for the last reset (FunctionModuleResetReason) and state of the integrated alarm (cardIntegratedAlarm), which can be useful in debugging the card or an MGX 8250 switch, respectively. Some of the information is common to the version command display, but version shows boot code version in bold.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspcd [slot number]
Syntax Description
slot number
|
PXM = Enter the slot number of the service module you want to view, using the value 15, or 16, or a value in the range 31-32.
Slot number is not necessary when logged into a service module.
|
Related Commands
dspcds, version
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display current PXM card characteristics
•Display current FRSM-8T1 card characteristics
•Display current FRSM-2CT3 card characteristics
•Display current FRSM-8E1 card characteristics
•Display current CESM-8T1 card characteristics
•Display current AUSM-8T1 card characteristics
•Display current VISM-8E1 card characteristics
•Display characteristics of SRM-T3E3 in slot 15
Example 1-207 Display current PXM card characteristics
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: PXM1-OC3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: SBK02420044
FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.1.01Hi
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell
SecondaryLineModuleType: MMF-4-155
SecondaryLineModuleState: Present
configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Line Statistical Alarm
Example 1-208 Display current FRSM-8T1 card characteristics
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 622758
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00ak
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
Example 1-209 Display current FRSM-2CT3 card characteristics
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-2CT3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB024804K8
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_11Jan99_1_tti
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus
LineModuleType: LM-BNC-2T3
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
pcb part no-(800 level): 800-02910-04
pcb part no-(73 level): 73-02265-04
Example 1-210 Display current FRSM-8E1 card characteristics
popeye3.1.3.FRSM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8E1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 782908
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_21Dec98
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-211 Display current CESM-8T1 card characteristics
popeye3.1.1.CESM.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: CESM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 786327
FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00bq
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Major
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-212 Display current AUSM-8T1 card characteristics
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: AUSM-8T1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: FNTYPE
FunctionModuleFWRev: model-A 2.0.00
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM from PIO
LineModuleType: LM-DB15-8T1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Minor
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure
Example 1-213 Display current VISM-8E1 card characteristics
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcd
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: VISM-8E1
FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB0246014W
FunctionModuleFWRev: rangar
FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset
LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1
configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
pcb part no - (800 level): 800-04399-01
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03618-01
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02791-01
Daughter Card Information:
Daughter Card Serial Number: CAB024601FU
pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03722-01
Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02905-01
Example 1-214 Display characteristics of SRM-T3E3 in slot 15
tinky.1.7.PXM.a > dspcd 15
FunctionModuleState: Active
FunctionModuleType: SRM-3T3
FunctionModuleSerialNum: 785324
FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.0.00
FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell
LineModuleType: LM-SRM-3T3
SecondaryLineModuleType: Missing
SecondaryLineModuleState: Invalid
configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes
cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear
cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Clear
cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Clear
dspcderrs
Display Card Errors
Use the dspcderrs command to view information about card errors.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM, CESM
Syntax
dspcderrs
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-215 Display card errors on PXM module in slot 7
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspcderrs
08/05/95-18:53:05 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm
09/05/95-09:14:08 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm
dspcdprtntype
Display Card Resource Type
Use the dspcdprtntype command to view partition type on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspcdprtntype
Related Commands
cnfcdprtntype
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-216 Display card resource partition type on current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdprtntype
cardLcnPartitionType : controllerBased
dspcdrscprtn
Display Card Resource Partition
Use the dspcdrscprtn command to view allocated resource information to a controller.
Note The dspcdrscprtn command applies only to cards with a card partition type of controllerBased.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
dspcdrscprtn
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the FRSM 2CT3
•Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the CESM 8T1
•Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the FRSM 8T1
•Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the PXM T1
Example 1-217 Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
FRSM 2CT3
spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-218 Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
CESM 8T1
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-219 Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
FRSM 8T1
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspcdrscprtn
User Status NumOfLcnAvail
------ ------ -------------
Example 1-220 Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
PXM T1
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdrscprtn
Controller Status Number of Available LCNs
-----------------------------------------------
dspcds
Display Card Shelf Information
Use the dspcds command to view the status of all the cards in the MGX 8250 switch shelf.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspcds
Related Commands
dspcd
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-221 Display all cards currently installed in the switch
Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy
---- ----------- -------- --------- -----------
1.1 Active FRSM-8T1 Major
1.3 Active FRSM-2CT3 Clear
1.7 Active PXM1-T3E3 Major
1.17 Active CESM-8E1 Clear
1.32 Empty ClearNumOfValidEntries: 32
StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0
shelfIntegratedAlarm: Major
BkplnFabNumber: 73-0123-01
dspchan
Display Channel
Use the dspchan command to view a channel on a PXM, FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspchan <chan_num>
Syntax Description
chan_num
|
Channel number, as appropriate for the card.
•PXM, range = 16-4111
•FRSM range = 16-1015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM range = 32-279
|
Related Commands
dspchans, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display channel characteristics of channel 69 on an FRSM
•Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on an AUSM
•Display channel characteristics of channel 32 on the current CESM
•Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on the current PXM
•Display channel characteristics of channel 37 on the current VISM
Example 1-222 Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on a FRSM
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > dspchan "16"
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ForeSightEnable: Disabled
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d4500000000000000001d000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d4500000000000000001d000100
ChanConnServiceType: ABRSTD
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanServiceTypeOverride: disabled
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Example 1-223 Display channel characteristics of channel 32 on the current CESM
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchan 32
ChanCBRService: structured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 6144 bytes
ChanCDV: 6000 micro seconds
C L I P: 2500 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000001000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-224 Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dspchan 16
bbChanConnDesc : 0x828d4e30
bbChanEfciThreshold : 98304
bbChanFrmDiscardThreshold : 0
bbChanCongstUpdateCode : 1
bbChanMaxCellMemThreshold : 131072
bbChanIngrPercentUtil : 100
bbChanEgrPercentUtil : 100
bbChanLocalNsapAddr : 0x828d4a20
bbChanRemoteNsapAddr : 0x828d49f0
bbChanRestrictTrkType : 1
bbChanTestTypeCPESide : 2
bbChanTestStateCPESide : 4
bbRemoteConnPercentUtil : 100
Example 1-225 Display channel characteristics of channel 37 on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchan 37
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Syntax : dspchan "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
Example 1-226 Display channel parameters on channel 25 for the current AUSM. For information about Standard ABR parameters, please refer to the cnfconstdabr command.
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspchan 25
IngressQDepth(cells): 1000
IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis
IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000
IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900
IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800
IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000
PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 3622
CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs)
PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 3622
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
CellDelayVariation[0]: 250000 (micro secs)
SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 3622
MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000
InitialBurstSize(cells): 0
ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 10
MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 10
InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 10
LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable
ChanTestState: Not In Progress
Ingress percentage util: 100
Egress percentage util : 100
Egress Service Rate: 3622
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
LocalNSAP: 70786d736a63000000000000000000000b000100
RemoteNSAP: 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
Minimum Cell Rate: 10 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate: 10 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate: 10 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor: 128
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count: 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm: 255 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure: 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time: 0 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor: 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor: 16
AbrType: Switch behavior without VS/VD
ChanNumNextAvailable : 26
Local VpId NextAvailable : 22
dspchancnt
Display Channel Counters
Use the dspchancnt command to view the contents of the statistical counters for a channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
dspchancnt <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•PXM range = 16-4111
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax for AUSM
dspchancnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display counters for channel 69 of the current FRSM
•Display counters for channel 16 of the current AUSM
•Display counters for channel 32 of the current CESM-8E1
Example 1-227 Display counters for channel 69 of the current FRSM
wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchancnt 69
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
Example 1-228 Display counters for channel 16 of the current AUSM
wilco.1.19.AUSM.a > dspchancnt 16
ChannelEgressRcvState: Normal
ChannelEgressXmitState: Normal
ChannelIngressRcvState: Normal
ChannelIngressXmtState: Normal
ChanInServiceSeconds: 1126725
ChanIngressPeakQDepth(cells): 1
ChanIngressReceiveCells: 41160574
ChanIngressClpSetCells: 0
ChanIngressEfciSetRcvCells: 0
ChanIngressUpcClpSetCells: 0
ChanIngressQfullDiscardCells: 1
ChanIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
ChanIngressTransmitCells: 41160574
ChanShelfAlarmDiscardCells: 0
Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num"
channel number—value ranging from 16 to 1015
Example 1-229 Display counters for channel 32 of the current CESM-8E1
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchancnt 32
Chan RCV ATM State: Receiving AIS OAM
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss
Channel Uptime (secs.) 277
Signalling Status Offhook
Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 279
dspchanmap
Display Channel Map
Use the dspchanmap command to view interworking field mapping for a specified channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspchanmap -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator for the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanmap
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
dspchans
Display Channels
Use the dspchans command to view all current channels on the card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, PXM, VISM, AUSM
Syntax
dspchans
Related Commands
dspchan, addchan, delchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display channels on the current FRSM
•Display channels on the current PXM
•Display channels on the current VISM
•Display channels on the current AUSM8T1/E1
Example 1-230 Display channels on the current FRSM
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > dspchans
DLCI Chan EQ ServType I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE
------------- ---- -- -------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- ---
29.1.1.1 16 2 stdABR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.3 17 1 CBR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.5 18 1 rtVBR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.7 19 2 nrtVBR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.9 20 2 fstABR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.11 21 2 UBR 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
29.1.1.13 22 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis
Example 1-231 Display channels on the current PXM
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspchans
Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 Ena 1 10 134 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 100 normal
32 Ena 1 10 132 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 1 alarm
Example 1-232 Display channels on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchans
------------ ------- ------
Example 1-233 Display channels on the current AUSM-8T1E1
s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > dspchans
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCR[0+1] Q-Depth State
---- ------------ ------- ------------ --------- ------- -------
21 2.1.1 VCC CBR 4528 1000 Active
26 2.1.3 VCC VBR 4528 1000 Active
31 2.1.5 VCC ABR 4528 1000 Alarm
37 2.1.7 VCC UBR 4528 1000 Alarm
dspchanstdabr
Display Channel Standard ABR Parameters
Use the dspchanstdabr command to display ABR parameters for channels on a FRSM-8T1/E1 service module.
To configure rate parameters, refer to the cnfchanstdabr command.
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-8T1/E
Syntax
dspchanstdabr <Port.DLCI/CHAN_NUM>
Syntax Description
Port.DLCI/ Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format Port.DLCI or channel number.
|
Related Commands
cnfchanabrrates, dspchanstdabr, cnfchanabrparams, addcon, dspchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-234 Display the Standard ABR parameters configured on channel 16
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > dspchanstdabr "16"
dspchstats
Display Channel Statistics
Use the dspchstats command to view current statistics associated with the specified channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspchstats <line>.<1stDS0>.<DLCI>
Syntax Description
line
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
1stDS0
|
First DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 1-24
•E1 range =1-32
|
DLCI
|
Connection for which the statistics are to be displayed.
|
Related Commands
dspchan, dspchans
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-235 Display counters for line 1, 1st_DS0 of 4, and DLCI of 1000 for the current FRSM
wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchstats 1.4.1000
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
dspclkinfo
Display Clock Information
Use the dspclkinfo command to view detailed information about all the configured clock sources in the node.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspclkinfo
Related Commands
cnfclksrc, cnfextclk, cnfclklevel, dspclrsrc, dspcurclk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-236 Display detailed clock information for MGX 8250 switch shelf. Note Stratum Level parameter displayed as Stratum 3 clocking.
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > dspclkinfo
****** Clock HW registers ********
SEL_T1 = t1 SEL100 = ON SEL120 = ON SEL75 = ON
priMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevPriMuxClockSource = none
primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 0
secMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
prevSecMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC
secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 0
currentClockSetReq = primary
currentClockHwStat = secondary
PreviousClockHwStat = none
extClkConnectorType = RJ45
extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms
Internal Clock Status=255, Primary Clock Status=0
Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0
last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1
dspclksrc
Display Clock Sources
Use the dspclksrc command to view all configured clock sources in the node.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspclksrc
Related Commands
cnfclksrc
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-237 Display current clock source for MGX 8250 switch shelf
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > dspclksrc
Interface Clock Type Clock Source
--------- ---------- ------------
dspcon
Display Connection
Use the dspcon command to view configuration data for a connection.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspcon <port number> <connection number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
connection number
|
Connection number, as appropriate for the card.
•PXM = vpi.vci
•FRSM = DLCI
•AUSM = vpi.vci
•CESM = does not require connection number
|
Related Commands
addcon, delcon, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display connection parameters for channel 16 on a CESM
•Display connection parameters for the connection on channel 51 (port 3, DLCI 500) on the current FRSM
•Display connection parameters for the connection on channel 37 on the current VISM
Example 1-238 Display connection parameters for channel 16 on a CESM
spirit3.1.22.CESM.a > dspcon 16
IngressQDepth (cells): 100
IngressQCLPHigh (cells): 70
IngressQCLPLow (cells): 60
IngressEfciThreshold (cells): 50
CompliantCellDelayVariation (micro secs): 0
CompliantInfoRate (cells/sec): 0
InitialBurstSize (cells): 0
PeakInformationRate (cells/sec) 1000
FrameGCRAEnable: Disabled
Example 1-239 Display connection parameters for the connection on channel 51 (port 3, DLCI 500) on the current FRSM
spirit.1.3.FRSM.a > dspcon 3.500
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910003000300
ChanRemoteNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910000000100
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-240 Display connection parameters for channel 37 on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcon 37
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Syntax : dspcon "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
Example 1-241 Display connection parameters on connection 1.20.200, with ABR service type on the current AUSM. For information about Standard ABR parameters, please refer to the cnfconstdabr command.
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspcon 1.20.200
IngressQDepth(cells): 1000
IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis
IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000
IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900
IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800
IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000
PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 3622
CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs)
PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 3622
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
CellDelayVariation[0]: 250000 (micro secs)
SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 3622
MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000
InitialBurstSize(cells): 0
ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 10
MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 10
InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 10
LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable
ChanTestState: Not In Progress
Ingress percentage util: 100
Egress percentage util : 100
Egress Service Rate: 3622
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
LocalNSAP: 70786d736a63000000000000000000000b000100
RemoteNSAP: 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
Minimum Cell Rate: 10 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate: 10 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate: 10 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor: 128
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count: 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm: 255 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure: 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time: 0 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor: 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor: 16
AbrType: Switch behavior without VS/VD
ChanNumNextAvailable : 26
Local VpId NextAvailable : 22
dspconcnt
Display Connection Counters
Use the dspconcnt command to view counter data for the specified connection.
Note This command is available only for connections which terminate on a UNI port. Feeder trunks do not have this capability.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspconcnt <conn_id>
Syntax Description
conn_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
•port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
•vpi range = 1-4095
•vci range = 1-65535
|
Related Commands
addcon, delcon, dspcon, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-242 Display connection counters for the connection on port 2 with a VPI of 39 and a VCI of 45 on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspconcnt 2.39.45
Channel Ingress State : alarm
Channel Egress State : other
GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0
GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0
CLP=1 Xmtd. Cells : 10867
CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0
CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0
dspcons
Display Connections
Use the dspcons PAR command to view details of all connections on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM, VISM
Syntax
dspcons
Related Commands
dspcon, addcon, delcon
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display parameters for connections on the current AUSM
•Display parameters for connections on the current VISM
Example 1-243 Display parameters for connections on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.1.AUSM.a > dspcons
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State
30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active
33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm
Example 1-244 Display connection information on the current FRSM
NODENAME.1.29.FRSM.a > dspcons
Line ConnId Chan EQ ServType I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre
I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type Alarm
--- ---------------------- ---- -- -------- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
----- --- --- ----- -----
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.1 16 2 stdABR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.3 17 1 CBR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.5 18 1 rtVBR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.7 19 2 nrtVBR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.9 20 2 fstABR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.11 21 2 UBR 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
1 NODENAME.29.1.0.13 22 2 65535/65535 32767/32767
6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
Example 1-245 Display parameters for connections on the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcons
------------------- ------- ------
dspconstdabr
Display Connection Standard ABR
Use the dspconstdabr command to display the Standard ABR configuration on a connection.
For more information about configuring Standard ABR, including default ABR parameters, refer to the addcon command on page 32.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax
dspconstdabr <Port.VPI.VCI/Channel Number>
Syntax Description
Port.VPI.VCI/Channel Number
|
Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI or channel number.
|
Related Commands
cnfconstdabr, cnfconabrparams, cnfconabrrates, addcon, dspcon
Attributes
Log: <need>
|
State: <need>
|
Privilege: <need>
|
Example 1-246 Display the ABR parameter changes on connection 27.
pxmsjc.1.11.AUSMB8.a > dspconstdabr 27
Minimum Cell Rate : 20 Cells per second
Peak Cell Rate : 1600 Cells per second
Initial Cell rate : 500 Cells per second
Rate Increase Factor : 64
Rate Decrease Factor : 16
Nrm -- Inrate Cell Count : 64
Trm -- Time limit for Frm : 200 milliseconds
Transient Buffer Exposure : 16777215 Cells
Fixed Round Trip Time : 100 milliseconds
ACR Decrease Time Factor : 500 milliseconds
Cutoff Decrease Factor : 16
ABRType : Source Destination behavior
dspcurclk
Display Current Clock Source
Use the dspcurclk command to view the current clock source for the switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspcurclk
Related Commands
dspclksrc, cnfclksrc, dspclkinfo, cnfclklevel, cnfextclk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-247 Display current clock source for connections on the current PXM
golden1.1.8.PXM.a > dspcurclk
Clock Type : TRK INTERFACE
dspdisk
Display Disk
Use the dspdisk command to view either a summary of partitions, detail information about a single partition, or size information about a directory or a file.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspdisk <partition>
Related Commands
shutdisk, formatdisk, ll
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-248 Display disk command used without partition parameter. A summary is displayed.
Popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspdisk
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 767 MB
==========================================================
Example 1-249 Display disk command used with the partition parameter. Detailed disk usage is displayed for partition C:.
Popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspdisk C:
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 767 MB
==========================================================
==========================================================
C:/SM occupies 1024 bytes
C:/FW occupies 6582784 bytes
C:/DIAG occupies 1024 bytes
C:/STATS occupies 1024 bytes
C:/TMP occupies 1024 bytes
C:/CNF occupies 1024 bytes
C:/RPM occupies 1024 bytes
C:/LOG/lslot00 occupies 1024 bytes
C:/LOG/lslot01 occupies 1024 bytes
C:/LOG/lslot02 occupies 1024 bytes
C:/LOG/lslot07 occupies 7188434 bytes
C:/LOG/lslot08 occupies 1024 bytes
C:/LOG occupies 7283286 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:CbClkCnfDb/v1_0_0 occupies 1236 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:CbClkCnfDb occupies 2284 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:LineDrvDb/v1_0_0 occupies 8354 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:LineDrvDb occupies 9402 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:aps/v1_0_1 occupies 2342 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:aps occupies 3390 bytes
C:/DB/cntp:authen/v1_1_0 occupies 4926 bytes
C:/DB/cntp:authen occupies 5974 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:red/v1_0_1 occupies 4716 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:red occupies 5764 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:shelf_arch/v1_0_2 occupies 5468 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:shelf_arch occupies 6516 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:SnmpDiskDb/v1_0_0 occupies 1570 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:SnmpDiskDb occupies 2618 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:srmDb/v1_0_1 occupies 23708 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:srmDb occupies 24756 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:statput/v1_0_1 occupies 17782 bytes
C:/DB/plfm:statput occupies 18830 bytes
C:/DB/Par:Nv_db/v1_0_3 occupies 14337688 bytes
C:/DB/Par:Nv_db occupies 14338736 bytes
C:/DB occupies 14419294 bytes
C: occupies 31783512 bytes
Example 1-250 Display disk command used to display the space on disk occupied by a file
Popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspdisk "C:/FW/pxm_1.1.23.fw"
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 767 MB
==========================================================
Disk usage for C:/FW/pxm_1.1.23.fw
==========================================================
C:/FW/pxm_1.1.23.fw occupies 2182548 bytes
Example 1-251 Display disk command used with a period (short-form notation) to display the short-form version for a file/directory
Popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspdisk .
==========================================================
Partition C: Allocated Size: 800 MB Free Space: 767 MB
==========================================================
==========================================================
./FW occupies 6582784 bytes
./DIAG occupies 1024 bytes
./STATS occupies 1024 bytes
./TMP occupies 1024 bytes
./CNF occupies 1024 bytes
./RPM occupies 1024 bytes
./LOG/lslot00 occupies 1024 bytes
./LOG/lslot01 occupies 1024 bytes
./LOG/lslot02 occupies 1024 bytes
./LOG/lslot07 occupies 7188434 bytes
./LOG/lslot08 occupies 1024 bytes
./LOG occupies 7283286 bytes
./DB/plfm:CbClkCnfDb/v1_0_0 occupies 1236 bytes
./DB/plfm:CbClkCnfDb occupies 2284 bytes
./DB/plfm:LineDrvDb/v1_0_0 occupies 8354 bytes
./DB/plfm:LineDrvDb occupies 9402 bytes
./DB/plfm:aps/v1_0_1 occupies 2342 bytes
./DB/plfm:aps occupies 3390 bytes
./DB/cntp:authen/v1_1_0 occupies 4926 bytes
./DB/cntp:authen occupies 5974 bytes
./DB/plfm:red/v1_0_1 occupies 4716 bytes
./DB/plfm:red occupies 5764 bytes
./DB/plfm:shelf_arch/v1_0_2 occupies 5468 bytes
./DB/plfm:shelf_arch occupies 6516 bytes
./DB/plfm:SnmpDiskDb/v1_0_0 occupies 1570 bytes
./DB/plfm:SnmpDiskDb occupies 2618 bytes
./DB/plfm:srmDb/v1_0_1 occupies 23708 bytes
./DB/plfm:srmDb occupies 24756 bytes
./DB/plfm:statput/v1_0_1 occupies 17782 bytes
./DB/plfm:statput occupies 18830 bytes
./DB/Par:Nv_db/v1_0_3 occupies 14337688 bytes
./DB/Par:Nv_db occupies 14338736 bytes
./DB occupies 14419294 bytes
. occupies 31783512 bytes
==========================================================
dspdsx3bert
Display DSX3 BERT
Use the dspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current BERT testing session.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
dspdsx3bert
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-252 Display BERT results
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Acquire dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet
Start Date Not Configured Yet
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
dspegrq
Display Egress Queue Parameters
Use the dspegrq command to view the port egress queue parameters. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrq
Related Commands
dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-253 Display port egress queue parameters for port 1
golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrq 1 1
Queue ECN Threshold: 6553
Queue DE Threshold: 32767
Max Bandwidth Increment: 16384
portBytesDiscXceedQueFull: 0
portBytesDiscXceedDEThresh:0
dspegrqs
Display Egress Queue Parameters
Use the dspegrqs command to view the egress queue parameters for all the ports on a shelf. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrqs
Related Commands
dspegrq, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-254 Display egress queue parameters for a shelf
golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrqs 1
PortNum ServType Q Depth Q-ECN-Thres Q-DE-Thres BandWidth-Inc
------- -------- ------- ----------- ---------- ---------
1 1 65535 6553 32767 16384
dspegrservtype
Display Egress Servicing Type
Use the dspegrservtype to display the current egress port queue servicing.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dspegrservtype
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
dspenetgw
Display Ethernet Gateway
Use the dspenetgw command to display the permanent Ethernet gateway. The Ethernet gateway is specified with the cnfenetgw command.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspenetgw
Related Commands
cnfenetgw
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-255 Display default gateway
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspenetgw
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > enet gateway: 172.29.37.1
dsperr
Display Errors
Use the dsperr command to view the contents of either all error log files or a specific error log file.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsperr [-en <error slot>]
Syntax Description
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.
|
error slot
|
Number of the error log file (optional).
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display all error log files. The output appears one screen at a time. A prompt appears at the bottom of the screen requesting you to continue to the next screen or quit.
•Display error log for the card in slot 3. In this example, the card is an FRSM-8T.
Example 1-256 Display all error log files. The output appears one screen at a time. A prompt appears at the bottom of the screen requesting you to continue to the next screen or quit.
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
No Dump Trace after the event
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
No Dump Trace after the event
Example 1-257 Display the error log for the card in slot 3. In this example, the card is an FRSM-8T1.
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr -en 3
0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup()
0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main()
0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message()
0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat()
0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat()
0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave()
0x800d0a08 ipc_renumber_as_slave +200: ipc_remove_ports_on_seat()
0x800d02a8 ipc_remove_ports_on_seat + a0: ipc_remove_port()
0x800d01dc ipc_remove_port +190: ipc_subsys_init()
0x800cecf0 ipc_subsys_init +204: my_free()
0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree()
0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent()
0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent()
0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace()
No Dump Trace before the event
dspfeature
Display Feature
Use the dspfeature command to display features or to change features, such as Channelized and Rate Control. Without parameters, this command acts as a display command.
When the rate control feature is set to ON, the card supports ForeSight. ForeSight is a software feature that provides a closed-loop feedback mechanism for controlling the rate at which users can apply to the network. It improves the efficiency of the network when carrying Frame Relay data, especially during periods of light usage, and maintains consistent performance during peak loading periods without dropping frames. This can be enabled only on an Available Bit Rate (ABR) connection. If the Rate Control feature is OFF, this cannot be enabled.
If the channelized feature is set to ON, it will enable either channelized E1 or channelized T1 for cards that are channelized.
Card
|
Channelized Feature
|
FRSM-8T1
|
Channelized T1
|
FRSM-8E1
|
Channelized E1
|
FRSM-2CT3
|
Channelized T1
|
FRSM-2T3/2E3/HS2
|
No channelized feature on cards
|
Channelized E1 is an access link operating at 2.048 Mbps. It is subdivided into 30 B-channels and
1 D-channel, supporting DDR, Frame Relays, and x.25.
Channelized T1 is an access link operating at 1.544 Mbps. It is subdivided into 24 channels
(23 B-channels and 1 D-channel) of 64 Kbps each. The individual channels or groups of channels connect to different destinations and support DDR, Frame Relay, and x.25. Channelized T1 also is known as fractional T1.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2), FRSM-8T1/E1
Syntax
dspfeature [[feature] [enable]]
Syntax Description
feature
|
One of the following features:
•375 = channelized
•193 = rate control
|
enable
|
Enable or disable feature:
•97 = ON
•0 = OFF
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 2
|
Example 1-258 Display features of the current FRSM card
golden1.1.2.VHS2CT3.s > dspfeature
dspfst
Display ForeSight Parameters
Use the dspfst command to view current ForeSight parameter settings for the current service module. See the description of the cnffst command for an explanation of the ForeSight parameter settings.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspfst
Related Commands
cnffst
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-259 Display current ForeSight parameter settings for the FRSM-2CT3
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspfst
dspfw
Display Firmware Revisions
Use the dspfw command to view firmware files stored on the hard disk of the MGX 8250 switch switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspfw [bt] [sm <slot>]
Syntax Description
[bt]
|
Backup boot.
|
[sm <slot>]
|
Number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-260 Show firmware versions for the current PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfw
"1.1.10" in pxm_1.1.10.fw
"1.1.11" in pxm_1.1.11.fw
dspfwrevs
Display Firmware Revisions
Use the dspfwrevs command to display the current list of firmware revisions on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspfwrevs
Related Commands
newrev, printrev
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-261 Show current firmware revisions on the selected PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfwrevs
Cfg Size Date Time File Name Card Type Version
--- -------- ------------------ ------------ ------------
--------------------
No 1996736 05/06/1999 15:40:24 pxm_gprasann.fw PXM1E1 gprasann
No 615232 05/10/1999 13:11:36 sm90.fw CESM-8T1E1
10.0.00_19Apr99_1
No 794572 05/20/1999 18:10:50 sm35.fw FRSM-8T1E1
10.0.01_18May99_1_rm
No 1983308 04/24/1999 14:18:48 pxm_1.0.00Eh.fw PXM1E1 1.0.00Eh
N/A 1500292 04/28/1999 14:31:48 pxm_gprasann.fw.working-bcdc PXM1E1 gprasann
No 2089064 06/27/1999 08:12:50 pxm_rmenon.fw PXM1E1 rmenon
Yes 892356 07/01/1999 15:22:36 sm130.fw FRSM-2CT3E1
5.0.01_24Jun99_1_raj
No 884404 05/24/1999 11:30:04 smravi.fw FRSM-2CT3E1
5.0.00_21May99_1_raj
dsphotstandby
Display Hot Standby
Use the dsphotstandby command to display service modules in hot standby state. Service modules that are part of a 1:1 redundancy can be in hot standby state. When the secondary service module is introduced, it goes into standby state for a number of minutes, then to hot standby state. For example, an FRSM-VHS module with 4000 connections requires about eight minutes to go from standby state to hot standby state.
In hot standby state, if the active service module fails, the standby service module takes over from the active service module with less than one second of traffic loss. Without the hot standby feature, the delay for a standby service module to take over could be as high as eight minutes, resulting in traffic loss for that period of time.
For the hot standby feature to work, you need a PXM and VHS image that supports this functionality, and an FRSM-VHS module. This feature is available in the software version 1.1.20 release, and requires no configuration of the PXM or the service module.
Use dsphotstandby in conjunction with dspred to view the redundant slot links.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsphotstandby
Related Commands
dspred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-262 View current redundant slot links
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
4 FRSM-2CT Standby 10 FRSM-2CT Active 1:1 4
Example 1-263 Display hot standby state for slots 4 and 10
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby
Slot 4 : Primary SM in HOT STANDBY state.
Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.
Example 1-264 Display service module in slot 4 going from standby into hot standby state
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby
Slot 4 : Primary SM not in Hot Standby state.
Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.
dspif
Display Interface
Use the dspif command to view configuration and state information for a broadband interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspif <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-265 Display configuration and state information for broadband interface number 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspif 1
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dspifcnt
Display Interface Counter
Use the dspifcnt command to view interface counters for a broadband interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifcnt <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-266 Display counters and state information for broadband interface number 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifcnt 1
Interface State : Line Failure
Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0
Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0
Transmitted OAM Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0
dspifip
Display Interface IP Configuration
Use the dspifip command to view all configured interface IP addresses on the current PXM, as well as their status. The possible interfaces are Ethernet, SLIP, and ATM. Data displayed for the SLIP interface will be displayed when the interface is enabled using the cnfifip command; for example:
Software Version
New feature (displays the state of each interface) available with 1.1.12 and higher.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifip
Related Commands
cnfifip, delifip
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-267 Display IP LAN configuration
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip
Interface Flag IP Address Subnetmask Broadcast Addr
--------------- ---- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Ethernet/lnPci0 UP 172.29.37.77 255.255.255.0 172.29.37.255
SLIP/sl0 DOWN 172.29.36.253 255.255.255.252 (N/A)
ATM/atm0 UP 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128 0.0.0.0
dspifrsc
Display Interface Resource Partition
Use the dspifrsc command to view all resource partition information for the specified interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifrsc <if_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
dspif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-268 Display resource partition information for all controller types on broadband interface 1
POP1.1.7.PXM.a > dspifrsc 1
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 PAR Mod 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 2000
1 PNNI Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767
1 TAG Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767
dspifs
Display List of Broadband Interfaces
Use the dspifs command to view the current list of configured broadband interfaces.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspifs
Related Commands
upif, cnfif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-269 Display configuration and state information for all broadband interfaces on the current PXM. In the response below, only broadband interface number 1 exists on the current PXM.
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dspilmi
Display ILMI
Use the dspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax
dspilmi <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
•Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
Example 1-270 Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmi 1
Signalling: No signalling
ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1
KeepAlivePolling: Disabled
PollingInterval (secs): 30
MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs): 10
Example 1-271 Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmi 1
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
dspilmicnt
Display ILMI Counters
Use the dspilmicnt command to view the ILMI counters.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax
dspilmicnt <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-272 Display ILMI counters for port 1 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmicnt 1
GetNextRequestsReceived: 0
GetResponseTransmitted: 0
dspilmis
Display All ILMI Configurations
Use the dspilmis command to view all interim local management interface (ILMI) configurations on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspilmis
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-273 Display ILMI configuration for all ports on the PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmis
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
dspimagrp
Display IMA Group
Use the dspimagrp command to view delay and resilient links inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrp <aimux_grp>
Syntax Description
aimux_grp
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-274 Display all detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX
group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrp 1
IMA Port state : Sig. Failure
IMA Group Ne state : Startup
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp
Timing reference link : 1
Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number"
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
dspimagrpcnt
Display IMA Group Counters
Use the dspimagrpcnt command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) counters on the current AUSM card for all IMA groups.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrpcnt <imagroup>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-275 Display all detailed status and configuration information for the IMA counters for AIMUX group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrpcnt 1
Ne Number of failures : 0
dspimagrps
Display IMA Groups
Use the dspimagrps command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters for all AIMUX groups on the AUSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimagrps
Related Commands
dspimagrp, cnfimagrp, dspimainfo, dspimagrpcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-276 Display all IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrps
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
dspimainfo
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Information
Use the dspimainfo command to view information about inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspimainfo
Related Commands
dspimagrp, cnfimagrp
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-277 Display all IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimainfo
-----------------------------------------------------
dspimalncnt
Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count
Use the dspimalncnt command to view current AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>
Syntax Description
imagroup
|
AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.
|
linenum
|
AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
clraimlncnt, clrimalncnt, dspaimlncnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-278 Display line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimalncnt 1 1
Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0
Port changed from LDS : 0
# HEC errored seconds : 0
# Severely HEC errored seconds : 0
Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum
IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8
line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8.
dsplink
Display Link
Use the dsplink command to view a link on a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplink <T3 line number>
Syntax Description
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number, in the format slot.line.
•Slot = 15 or 31
•Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
dellink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
System Response
T3Line
|
StartT
|
TRowStatus
|
TargetSlot
|
TargetSlotLine
|
1
|
1
|
Add
|
7
|
1
|
1
|
2
|
Add
|
7
|
2
|
1
|
3
|
Add
|
7
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
Add
|
7
|
4
|
dsplmiloop
Display LMI Loop
Use the dsplmiloop command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations. The command displays the LMI loop status as present or not present for the feeder trunk. This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplmiloop
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis, addlmiloop, dellmiloop
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
The example that follows illustrates:
•Display feeder trunk command showing that a feeder trunk is configured on the PXM
•Display LMI loop command, indicating that no LMI loop exists
Example 1-279 Display feeder trunk and display LMI loop
TRK Current Alarm Status Other End
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
The example that follows illustrates:
•The add LMI loop command adding an LMI loop configuration to the PXM
•The display LMI loop command showing that an LMI loop is present
Example 1-280 Add LMI loop and display LMI loop
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addlmiloop 7.1
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop
dsplmistats
Display All LMI Statistics
Use the dsplmistats command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspilmis
Related Commands
cnfilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt, dspilmis
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-281 Display LMI statistics for the PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmistats
Enabled : 1 Port Status : 0
WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0
Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 0
Poll Timer : 0 Trans Num : 0
Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0
UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0
Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0
Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0
NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 18329
NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0
Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0
Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0
BPX IP Addr : 172.1.1.215
dspln
Display Line
Use the dspln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line. When the current card is a PXM, you must specify the line type:
•DS3 if the PXM has a T3 line module
•E3 if the PXM has an E3 line module
•SONET if the PXM has an OC-3 or OC-12 line module
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax: PXM
dspln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 line.
|
-e3
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 line.
|
-sonet
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a SONET line.
|
LineNum
|
Line number in the format slot.line.
Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.
Line range = 1-N as appropriate for the interface.
|
Note Set line number value at 7 or 8 if the line type is SONET.
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
dspln <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-N as appropriate for the card.
|
Related Commands
addln, cnfln, delln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active (PXM), Any State (Service Modules)
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display line 2 on the current AUSM
•Display T3 line 1 on the current PXM (BNC-2T3)
•Display OC-3 line 1 on the current PXM
•Display line 3 on the current FRSM
Example 1-282 Display line 2 on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspln 2
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
ConfigChangePortBitMap: 0x0
Example 1-283 Display T3 line 1 on the current PXM (BNC-2T3)
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -ds3 7.1
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes
Example 1-284 Display OC-3 line 1 on the current PXM
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -sonet 7.1
sonetLineType: sonetSts3c
sonetLineLoopback: NoLoop
sonetPayloadScramble: Enabled
sonetFrameScramble: Enabled
sonetMediumTimeElapsed: 0
sonetMediumValidIntervals: 0
sonetMediumLineCoding: NRZ
sonetMediumLineType: LongSingleMode
sonetMediumCircuitIdentifier: Sonet Line
Example 1-285 Display line 3 on the current FRSM
spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dspln 3
LineLength: G.703 120 ohm
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Syntax : dspln "line_num"
line number -- values ranging from 1-8 are accepted, for FRSM_8
Example 1-286 Verify a DS3 loopback test configuration.
spirit3.1.7.PXM.T3 > dspln -ds3 8.1
LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8
LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes
LineXmtFEACCode: SendLineCode <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
FarEndLoopbkLineNum: ds3line <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
LinePayloadScramble: Disabled
dsplnrsc
Display Line Resource
Use the dsplnrsc command to view the resource partition information for a specified line on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsplnrsc <line_num>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-287 Display partition information for line 1 on the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dsplnrsc 1
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
dsplns
Display Lines
Use the dsplns command to view the configuration for all lines on the current card. On the PXM, you must specify the line type.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
On all cards other than a PXM, enter dsplns without arguments.
On a PXM:
dsplns -<LineTable> <slot>
Syntax Description
-<LineTable>
|
Line type = enter ds3, or e3, or sonet.
Use the dspcd command to view line types.
|
slot
|
Slot number = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.
|
Related Commands
addln, cnfln, delln, dspcds, dspln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active (PXM), Any (Service Modules)
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display lines on the current FRSM (8T1)
•Display lines on the current FRSM HX1/B
•Display lines on the current PXM with BNM-T3E3 trunk card
•Display lines on the current AUSM
•Display lines on the PXM with OC-3
•Display lines on the PXM with OC-12
Example 1-288 Display lines on the current FRSM (8T1) card
spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dsplns
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
3.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
3.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
Example 1-289 Display lines on the current FRSM HS1/B card
porky.1.14.FRSM.a > dsplns
Line Type Rate Status Alarm
---- ------ ----------- -------- ---------
14.1 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes
14.2 dce 8192 Kbps mod No
14.3 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes
Example 1-290 Display lines on the current PXM with BNM-T3E3 trunk card
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns ds3 7
Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- -------------
1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check C-bits
1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check
C-bitLineNumOfValidEntries: 1
Example 1-291 Display lines on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.19.AUSM.a > dsplns
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Œ Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
19.1 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.2 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.3 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.4 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.5 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.6 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.7 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
19.8 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
Example 1-292 Display lines on the PXM with OC-3
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns -sonet 7
Sonet Line Line Line HCS Payload Frame Time Valid Line
Line Type Status Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding
----- ----- ------ ------ ---- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------
1 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 Other
2 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 Other
3 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 Other
4 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 Other
dsploads
Display Loads
Use the dsploads PAR command to view the connection load at a specified port on the AUSM. This command helps you to determine whether adding more connections is advisable.
The display shows the load in cells per second. The layout of the display is in rows and columns. One column exists for each port, and one row exists for each connection type. If the traffic is exceeding the bandwidth configured for the port, an "overload" message appears at the bottom of the column for the overloaded port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dsploads
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-293 Display load on the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dsploads
Load Display for AUSM ports
*******************************
CBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0
VBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0
ABR (based on MCR) 64000 64000 64000 64000
-------------------------------
Total 64000 64000 64000 64000
Load Status OverloadOverloadOverloadOverload
Note: All Cell Rates are multiplied by respective
Percentage Utilization factors
dsplog
Display Log
Use the dsplog command to view events and messages logged by the current PXM or FRSM. The most recent events appear at the top of the list. The dsplog command displays the MGX 8250 switch log. If you enter the command without either of the optional parameters, the system displays the entire log for all cards. Optionally, you can display the log for a particular card or a particular log entry.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax
dsplog -log <EventLog# > -mod <ModuleName> -sev <Severity#> -sl <Slot# > -task <TaskName>
-tge <MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS> -tle <MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS>
Syntax Description
-log
|
Command delineator that precedes the EventLog# entry.
|
EventLog#
|
Number of the event log item.
|
-mod
|
Command delineator that precedes the ModuleName entry.
|
ModuleName
|
Module name.
|
-sev
|
Command delineator that precedes the Severity# entry.
|
Severity#
|
Severity number.
|
-sl
|
Command delineator that precedes the Slot# entry.
|
Slot#
|
Slot number that contains the card associated with the event log.
|
-task
|
Command delineator that precedes the TaskName entry.
|
TaskName
|
Task name.
|
-tge
|
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.
|
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
|
Events displayed after (and including) a particular time—month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
|
-tle
|
Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.
|
MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS
|
Events displayed prior to (and including) a particular time—month, day, year, hour, minute, second.
|
Related Commands
clrlog, dsplogs
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-294 Display all log files
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplog
04/01/70-13:10:03 tRootTask 2 Illegal msg received
04/01/70-13:10:07 aum 1312 local IP address not programmed
03/01/70-20:11:31 smm 1207 slave ack timeout
dsplogs
Display Logs
Use the dsplogs command to view information from all event log files.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM
Syntax
dsplogs
Related Commands
clrlog, dsplog
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-295 Display all log files
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs
spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs
log_file: C:/LOG/event04.log
created when 11/08/1998-19:19:58
log_file: C:/LOG/event03.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:34:38
log_file: C:/LOG/event02.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:18:26
log_file: C:/LOG/event01.log
created when 11/04/1998-03:15:22
dspmaptbl
Display Map Table
Use the dspmaptbl command to view the numbers assigned to Frame Relay ports or ATM ports on the FRSM or AUSM, respectively.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
dspmaptbl
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display map table for the current FRSM
•Display map table for the current AUSM
Example 1-296 Display map table for the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspmaptbl
PortNum DLCI ChanNum LineNum
------- ---- ------- -------
Example 1-297 Display map table for the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspmaptbl
PortNum VPI VCI ChanNum Channel Type
------- --- --- ------- ------------
dspmsgcnt
Display Control Message Counters
Use the dspmsgcnt command to view the control message counters for the card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
dspmsgcnt
Related Commands
clrmsgcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display control message counters for the current AUSM
•Display control message counters for the current VISM
Example 1-298 Display control message counters for the current AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspmsgcnt
SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0
SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0
Example 1-299 Display control message counters for the current VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspmsgcnt
SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0
SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0
dspname
Display Name
Use the dspname PAR command to view the name of the node.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspname
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-300 Display the node's name
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspname
dspnwip
Display Network IP Address
Use the dspnwip PAR command to view the network IP address for the switch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspnwip
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-301 Display network IP address for the switch
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspnwip
dspoamlpbk
Display OAM Loopback
Use the dspoamlpbk command to display the status of an OAM loopback test. The display indicates the PVCs currently under OAM loopback alarm, and the transmission rate of the OAM loopback cells.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2
Syntax
dspoamlpbk
Related Commands
cnfoamlpbk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-302 Display loopback command without loopback configured on module
popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.s > dspoamlpbk
RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Disabled
16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
Example 1-303 Display loopback command with loopback configured on channels 17 and 18
popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.a > dspoamlpbk
RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Enabled
Following Channels are under Ras Alarm :
16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
dsponoff
Display Onoff Command Settings
Use the dsponoff command to view all parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsponoff
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 2
|
Example 1-304 Display all parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsponoff
2 Dynamic BW Allocation YES
7 Auto Renum Fail Recov YES
dspparifs
Display PAR Interfaces
Use the dspparifs PAR command to view all Portable AutoRoute (PAR) interfaces for the current PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspparifs
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-305 Display all PAR interfaces for the current PXM
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspparifs
slot.port type status vpi vci txRate rxRae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.1 UNI_IF FAILED 0 to 4095 0 to 65535 96000 9600
0.33 CLK_IF FAILED 0 to 0 0 to 0 0 0
7.33 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664
7.34 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664
dsppasswd
Display Password
Use the dsppasswd command to view passwords. This command only can be executed from a console. Attempting to execute this command from a telnet session returns an error. If a user provides an argument other than his own login name, an error is returned. This command, at the SuperUser level, has an optional parameter that provides for greater password recovery.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsppasswd <login>
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-306 Display all PAR interfaces for the current PXM
nodename.1.7.PXM.a > dsppasswd
nodename.1.7.PXM.a > dsppasswd groupa
nodename.1.7.PXM.a > dsppasswd service
nodename.1.7.PXM.a > dsppasswd superuser
dspplpp
Display PLPP
Use the dspplpp command to view the configured Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) parameters on the current AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspplpp <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
cnfplpp
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-307 Display PLPP parameters for port 1 on the current AUSM card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
dspport
Display Port
Use the dspport command on an FRSM and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.
Use the dspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) configuration for the specified port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspport <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–T1 range = 1-192
–E1 range = 1-248
•AUSM range = 1-8
•CESM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
FRSM: addport, cnfport, delport
AUSM: upport, dnport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display port 1 on the current AUSM
•Display a port in the IMA group on the current AUSM-8
•Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM8-T1
•Display port 1 on the current FRSM-VHS2CT3
•Display port 1 on the current FRSM-HS1
Example 1-308 Display normal UNI port on the current AUSM-8
popeye.1.29.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
Single-bit error correction: Disabled
Example 1-309 Display a port in the IMA group on the current AUSM-8
popeye.1.27.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1 (or dspimagrp 1)
IMA Group Ne state : operational
PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 10773
GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 7182
ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128
LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1
ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4
Minimun number of links : 2
MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 275
Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0
IMAGrp Failure status : No Failure
Timing reference link : 1
Example 1-310 Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM8-T1
popeye.1.17.FRSM.a > dspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1)
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
PortOversubscribed: False
PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
Example 1-311 Display port 1 on the current FRSM-VHS2CT3
golden.1.5.VHS2CT3.a > dspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1)
PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec
T392PollingVerificationTimer:15 sec
N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms
PortOversubscribed: False
PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based
Example 1-312 Display port 1 on the current FRSM-HS1
golden.1.25.FRSM.a > dspport 1
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer:15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
PortOversubscribed: False
dspportcnt
Display Port Counters
Use the dspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspportcnt <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•PXM range = 1-32
•FRSM
–T1 range = 1-192
–E1 range = 1-248
–X.21 range = 1-4
–HSSI range = 1-2
•CESM
–T1 range = 1-192
–E1 range = 1-248
•AUSM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
dspcds
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
•Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
•Display port counters on port 1 of the current PXM
Example 1-313 Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1
IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0
EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0
SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0
Example 1-314 Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
Example 1-315 Display port counters on port 1 of the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportcnt 1
Interface State : Line Failure
Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0
Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0
Transmitted OAM Cells : 0
Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 256656
Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0
dspportq
Display Port Queue Information
Use the dspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspportq <port number> <egress queue number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-12.
|
Related Commands
dspportqs
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-316 Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1
spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportq 1 1
CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450
CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400
EFCIThreshold(cells): 400
MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096
Syntax : dspportq "port_num egress_q"
port number -- values ranging from 1-8
queue # -- queue number : 1 - 16, 0 - for default in addchan
dspportqs
Display Port Queue Information
Use the dspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
dspportqs
Related Commands
dspportq
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-317 Display egress queue information for all the egress queues on the AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspportqs
Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh
---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ----------
1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
dspportrscprtn
Display Port Resource Partition Information
Use the dspportrscprtn command to view the port resource partition on the current PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspportrscprtn
Related Commands
dspcdrscprtn, dsplnrsc, dsprscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-318 Display port resource partition on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportrscprtn
Port Ctrlr Row PctBw VPI VCI Max
Num Type Stat In/Out min/max min/max GLCNs
-------------------------------------------------------------
1 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
1 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
1 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
2 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767
dspports
Display Ports
Use the dspports command to view information about all ports on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspports
Related Commands
addport, cnfport, delport, dspport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display ports on the current FRSM
•Display ports on the current PXM
•Display ports on the current AUSM
•Display ports on the current CESM
Example 1-319 Display ports on the current FRSM
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspports
Port Ena/Speed EQService SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 InAlarm
-------- --- ----- --------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------
17.2.1 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.2 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.3 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.4 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.5 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.6 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.7 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.8 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.9 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.10 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.11 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.12 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.13 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.14 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.15 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.16 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.17 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.18 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
17.2.19 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
Example 1-320 Display ports on the current PXM
pop_oc12.1.8.PXM.a > dspports
Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
Example 1-321 Display ports on the current AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspports
No ATM T1/E1 UNI ports currently active
ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State
------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ----------
19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure
Example 1-322 Display ports on the current CESM
MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspports
------ --- ------ --------
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
dspportstats
Display Port Statistics
Use the dspportstats command to view statistics information for a specified port on the FRSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspportstats <line#> <1st_DS0>
Syntax Description
line#
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
1st_DS0
|
First DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•T1 range = 1-24
•E1 range = 1-32
|
Related Commands
dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-323 Display statistics information for port 1 on first DS0 of 12
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportstats 1 12
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
dspportutil
Display Trunk Utilization
Use the dspportutil command to display trunk utilization.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspportutil <port_num>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range of 1-32.
|
Related Commands
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example
Displays trunk utilzation in the egress direction. Note that due the hardware limitations, the CPS and %utilization are only available for the egress direction. The first line is for the egress cells coming to the switch fabric and the second is for the egress cells leaving the switch fabric towards the physical ports. The %utilization is with respect to the physical line cell rate.
To clear the counts use the clrportcnt or clrportcnts commands.
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportutil 1
Avg CPS Rcv to XmtQ = 1 Utilization = 0%
Avg CPS Xmt to Port = 1 Utilization = 0%
dspprf
Display Profiler Data
Use the dspprf command to view profiler data. The profiler is organized in terms of resources that are being monitored. The data being collected for a particular resource can be of "interval" or "total" nature. If the total option is specified, the last 150 tasks executed, or that are executing, are displayed. If no options are specified, the dspprf command shows interval data. Note that the interval is configured using the cnfprfparam command.
If the abort option is added to the command, the latest profiler data that is saved during a Controller Card abort is displayed; for example, 1 million 3, 3 million, 2 million 1000, 52, 252. If the profiler is examined without the "abort" (a) option, then the real-time data that is being collected every "x" seconds (configured using cnfprfparam) is displayed. By default, the real-time data is collected every 20 seconds.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspprf [t|i] [m|n|r]
Syntax Description
t
|
Total data collected from the time when the system is initialized.
|
i
|
Interval data collected every "x" seconds, as specified using the cnfprfparm command. If no options are specified, interval data is displayed.
|
m
|
Displays memory data.
|
n
|
Displays node information.
|
r
|
Displays region usage.
|
Related Commands
dspprfhist
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
All valid combinations possible with the dspprf command are listed below. The [a] and [s] options specify abort or standby data.
•dspprf i m
•dspprf t m
•dspprf i n
•dspprf t n
•dspprf i r
•dspprf t r
Example 1-324 Display interval profiler data for memory resources (dspprf i m)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf i m
Data Components
Task names
|
Task names for the tasks that are spawned. For dynamic tasks, note that task names are repeated since they are spawned, exited, and repeated.
|
HP
|
Number of times the task made a high-priority memory allocation.
|
LP
|
Number of times the task made a low-priority memory allocation.
|
Free
|
Number of times the task made a free memory call.
|
Assgn
|
Number of times memory was assigned to this process.
|
Example 1-325 Display total profiler data for memory resources (dspprf t m)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf t m
UNKOWN 204 24896 204 24896
tRootTask 80 5129696 80 5129696
tDBM 201 192240 232 202656
tDbgInTask 8 3200 10 4512
tRMM 2241 267712 2241 267712
tVsmConMgr 25 1808 26 18240
BlkAssgn AssgnSz BlkFree FreeSz Fail
tDBM 62 20832 121 33680 0
tDbgInTask 21 20032 21 18880 0
tRed 4 1219696 43274 5456384 0
Data Components
Task names
|
Task names for the tasks that are spawned. Note that some task names are repeated because they are dynamic tasks that are spawned, then exited.
|
Blks
|
Number of memory blocks currently owned by the task. Blks provides an approximation of the memory consumption by a task under "normal" circumstances (assuming the command was executed when the node was "normal"). This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.
|
Size
|
The total size of memory owned by task, in bytes. This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.
|
MaxBlks
|
Maximum number of blocks currently used by a given task. This data helps in debugging memory-related aborts or problems.
|
MaxSize
|
Maximum total memory used by a given task.
|
BlkAssgn
|
When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and AssgnSz counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.
|
AssgnSz
|
When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and AssgnSz counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.
|
BlkFree
|
Number of available memory blocks.
|
FreeSz
|
Maximum total memory available.
|
Fails
|
Number of times memory allocation failed for the task.
|
Example 1-326 Display interval profiler data for node resources (dspprf i n). The results list the statistics on the amount of SAR buffer used for messaging with other cards or nodes.
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf in
Data Components
CELL
|
The CELL buffer is the size of one ATM cell.
|
SMALL
|
The SMALL buffers are approximately 6 cells of frame payload in size.
|
MEDIUM
|
The MEDIUM buffers are approximately 41 cells of frame payload in size.
|
LARGE
|
The LARGE buffers are approximately 171 cells of frame payload in size.
|
Pk Tx Low (APP->SCM)
|
The interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.
|
Pk Tx High (APP->SCM)
|
The interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.
|
Pk Rx Low (SAR->SCM)
|
The interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.
|
Pk Rx High (SAR->SCM)
|
The interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.
|
Fail
|
The number of buffer allocations that have failed in the interval.
|
HP
|
The high-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.
|
LP
|
The low-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.
|
Example 1-327 Display total profiler data for node resources (dspprf t n). The results list information about some of the node-wide resources. Currently, message buffers usage for messaging between different processes are stored.
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tn
Pool Name: TotlChnk FreeChnk LoWatMk AllocOks AllcFail Frees
---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Nw_Prot_Pkt 100 100 100 0 0 0
Nw_Msg_Ltr 1000 999 999 1 0 0
Cm_SCon_Bmap 10 10 10 0 0 0
Cm_Mcon_Bmap 10 9 9 1 0 0
IPC port info 100 100 100 0 0 0
Data Components
Pool names
|
The following chunk pool names are used in PAR and for IPC to the RPM:
•Nw_Prot_Pkt = Network Protocol Packet
•Nw_Msg_Ltr = Network Message Letter
•Cm_SCon_Bmap = Connection Management Standby Connection Bit Map
•Cm_Mcon_Bmap = Connection Management Mandatory Connection Bit Map
•IPC port info = Interprocess Communication Port Information
|
TotlChnk
|
Total number of chunks in a particular memory pool.
|
FreeChnk
|
Number of chunks currently free.
|
LoWatMk
|
Low-water mark indicates how low the number of free chunks has gone.
|
AllocOks
|
Allocations OK is the total number of allocations that succeeded.
|
AllcFail
|
Allocations Fail is the total number of allocation failures.
|
Frees
|
Number of chunks that have been freed over time.
|
Example 1-328 Interval profiler data for region resources (dspprf i r)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf ir
DYNAMIC Smple -1 1057 0 0
DYNAMIC Smple -2 1061 0 0
Data Components
HP
|
High-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.
|
LP
|
Low-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.
|
Fail
|
The high-priority and low-priority allocation failures to the various regions that occurred during the interval.
|
Static
|
Static region.
|
Dynamic
|
Dynamic region. A high-priority allocation in the dynamic region will go to the static region if necessary. Low-priority allocation in the region is blocked once the amount of free memory goes below a threshold.
|
Statistic
|
Statistic region.
|
Example 1-329 Total profiler data for region resources (dspprf t r)
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tr
Data Components
Aval
|
Number of bytes available in the three memory regions.
|
Fail
|
Memory allocations that have failed over time.
|
Static
|
Static region.
|
Dynamic
|
Dynamic region.
|
Statistic
|
Statistic region.
|
dspprfhist
Display Performance History
Use the dspprfhist command to view performance history. The history maintains the real-time usage (historical) of all the tasks in the system. It can maintain 120 intervals worth of real-time data before it is overwritten. The actual time then depends on the interval time as configured by cnfprfparam 1 command (Interval Time). By default, the interval time is 20 seconds. Multiplied by 120 intervals, this would result in 120 * 20 = 2400 seconds of data. Therefore, you can display 2400 seconds of real-time usage by the different tasks in the system. Unlike the regular dspprf screens, this data is NOT saved on an abort.
This command is useful to determine the real-time usage after a particular event. For example, after a switchover or a rebuild, run dspprfhist to view how the real time was being used to recover from the switchover or rebuild.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspprfhist [intervals]
Syntax Description
intervals
|
Number of samples to display, in the range 1-120.
Default = 10
|
Related Commands
dspprf
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-330 View two samples on the current PXM
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprfhist
19:4:31(From)-19:4:51(To)
---------------------------------------
19:4:11(From)-19:4:31(To)
---------------------------------------
19:3:51(From)-19:4:11(To)
---------------------------------------
Data Components
Task
|
The task name that was running.
|
Task ID
|
An ID number assigned to the task that was running.
|
%
|
Utilization percentage. In each sample, only those processes/tasks that are actually being used in the respective time sample are presented with a %utilization, (except for the INTERRUPT, KERNEL, IDLE, UNKNOWN processes/tasks).
|
dspred
Display Redundancy
Use the dspred command to view the current redundant slot links.
Card(s) on Which This Card Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspred
Related Commands
addred, delred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-331 Display current redundant slot links on the switch
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
3 FRSM-8T1 Active 4 FRSM-8T1 Standby 1:N 0
dsprscprtn
Display Resource Partition
Use the dsprscprtn command to view the resource partition information for the specified interface.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsprscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Interface Number, in the range 1-32.
|
ctrlr_num
|
Value to set controller type.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-332 Display resource partition information for PAR controller on broadband interface 1 on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtn 1 1
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
dsprscprtns
Display Resource Partitions
Use the dsprscprtns command to view the resource partition information for all the interfaces.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsprscprtns
Related Commands
addrscprtn, cnfrscprtn
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-333 Display resource partition information for all broadband interfaces on the current PXM
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtns
bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767
dspsarchans
Display SAR Channels
Use the dspsarchans command to view the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) channels for the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsarchans
Related Commands
dspchans
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-334 Display SAR channels
penguin.1.7.PXM.a > dspsarchans
------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------
dspsarcnt
Display SAR Counters
Use the dspsarcnt command to view the Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) counters for the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM-8T1E1, CESM, VISM
Syntax for PXM, FRSM, CESM, VISM
dspsarcnt <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•PXM range = 16-1024
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
•VISM range = 32-255
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
dspsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspsarcnts
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display SAR count on the current CESM, channel 22
•Display SAR count on the current FRSM, channel 17
•Display SAR count for channel 98 on the AUSM
•Display SAR count for channel 37 on the VISM
Example 1-335 Display SAR count on the current CESM, channel 22
spirit3.1.13.CESM.a > dspsarcnt 22
--------------- ---------------
Total Cells: 11227853 11529804
Total CellsFERF: 0 302222
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number—value ranging from 32 to 279
a) illegal/invalid parameters
Example 1-336 Display SAR count on the current FRSM, channel 17
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnt 17
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number -- value ranging from 16 to 1015
a) illegal/invalid parameters
Example 1-337 Display SAR count for channel 98 on the AUSM
spirit3.1.4.AUSM.a > dspsarcnt 98
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Example 1-338 Display SAR count for channel 37 on the VISM
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspsarcnt 37
--------------- ---------------
Total Cells: 667605215 2717092629
Total CellsAIS: 2151235452 2150307780
Total CellsFERF: 229 33554690
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 2150293128 15
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 50331906 2151235408
Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num"
channel number -- values : 32 - 255
a) illegal/invalid parameters
dspsarcnts
Display SAR Counters
Use the dspsarcnts command to view current segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
dspsarcnts
Related Commands
dspsarcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-339 Show current SAR counts for the FRSM
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnts
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0
Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0
dspserialif
Display Serial Interface
Use the dspserialif command to view the speed of a serial port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspserialif -if <serial_port_num>
Syntax Description
serial_port_num
|
Serial port number, either:
•1 = console
•2 = slip
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
Example 1-340 Display the speed setting on a console port
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 1
SerialPortEnable : Enable
Example 1-341 Display the speed setting on a slip port
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2
SerialPortEnable : Enable
dspservrate
Display Service Rate
Use the dspservrate command to view the service rate in cells per second on the selected channel.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspservrate <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
ChanNum
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface.
•FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
•FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
•FRSM-2CT3 range = 16-4015
•FRSM HS1/B range = 16-271
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-342 Display service rate on channel 22 on the current card
spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspservrate 22
Service Rate (cells/sec): 1000
dspshelfalm
Display Shelf Alarms
Use the dspshelfalm command to view the shelf alarms for the MGX 8250 switch shelf. The status of every alarm appears in the display unless you include the optional argument and include a specific alarm number. See the example for the number for each alarm.
In the dspshelfalm display, the State column shows whether the alarm has been asserted. "Normal" means that no alarm has been asserted. If an alarm exists, State shows "Above Normal" or "Below Normal." The presence of the word "missing" in the State column means that the input is missing or ignored. The content of the Severity column indicates the severity of the alarm.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspshelfalm [-alm <alarm number>]
Syntax Description
-alm
|
Command delineator that precedes the alarm number entry.
|
alarm number
|
Alarm number to display, in the range 1-27.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display status of all shelf alarms
•Display status of shelf alarm 6
Example 1-343 Display status of all shelf alarms
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm
manish.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- -------
1 Temperature 1 50 Minor Yes 28 Normal
2 Power Supply 1 0 Minor No 0 Missing
3 Power Supply 2 0 Minor No 0 Missing
4 Power Supply 3 0 Minor No 0 Normal
5 Power Supply 4 0 Minor No 0 Missing
6 Power Supply 5 0 Minor No 0 Missing
7 Power Supply 6 0 Minor No 0 Missing
8 DC Level 1 6 Minor Yes 0 Below normal
9 DC Level 2 6 Minor Yes 49 Normal
10 Fan Unit 1 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
11 Fan Unit 2 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
12 Fan Unit 3 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
13 Fan Unit 4 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
14 Fan Unit 5 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
15 Fan Unit 6 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
16 Fan Unit 7 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
17 Fan Unit 8 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
18 Fan Unit 9 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing
19 Fan Unit 10 2000 Minor Yes 3582 Normal
20 Fan Unit 11 2000 Minor Yes 3588 Normal
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- -------
21 Fan Unit 12 2000 Minor Yes 3666 Normal
22 Fan Unit 13 2000 Minor Yes 3630 Normal
23 Fan Unit 14 2000 Minor Yes 3528 Normal
24 Fan Unit 15 2000 Minor Yes 3534 Normal
25 Fan Unit 16 2000 Minor Yes 3498 Normal
26 Fan Unit 17 2000 Minor Yes 3468 Normal
27 Fan Unit 18 2000 Minor Yes 3420 Normal
Example 1-344 Display status of shelf alarm 6
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm -alm 6
Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State
----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- --- -----
6 Power Supply 4 ? Minor No 0 Normal
dspslftst
Display Self-Test
Use the dspslftst command to view the self-test routine on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
dspslftst
Related Commands
clrslftst, cnfslftst, runslftstno
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-345 Display self-test results for the switch
wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspslftst
SelfTestState: SelfTest Passed
SelfTestResultDescription: No failure information available
dspslftsttbl
Display Self-Test Table
Use the dspslftsttbl command to view the current contents of the self-test table.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspslftsttbl
Related Commands
dspslftst
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-346 Show current statistics for self-test table on the FRSM
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspslftsttbl
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
dspslotlink
Display Slot Link
Use the dspslotlink command to view SRM-3T3 link information for all the lines on the specified service module slot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspslotlink <slot number>
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number of the card from which to view the SRM-3T3 link information.
|
Related Commands
delslotlink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-347 Display SRM-3T3 link information for slot 1
spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspslotlink 1
Slot Line# T3 Line# T1 Slot#
==== ===== ======== =========
dspsmcnf
Display Service Module Configuration
Use the dspsmcnf command to view summaries of the configurations for service modules in the system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsmcnf
Related Commands
clrsmcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-348 Display configuration of all the service modules in the switch
MGX 82503.1.3.PXM.a > dspsmcnf
slot Card Rate Channel MIB Feature
No. Type Control ized IMA MULTRKS Version Bits
------ ---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
2 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
3 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3
4 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3
5 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
6 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
9 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
10 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
11 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
12 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
13 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
14 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
17 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
18 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
19 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
20 FRSM-8E1 Off Off Off Off 20 0x0
21 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
22 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
25 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
26 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
27 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
28 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
29 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
30 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------
dspsnmp
Display SNMP
Use the dspsnmp command to view the community string configured on a service module.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsnmp
Related Commands
cnfsnmp
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-349 Display SNMP community string
popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp
dspsrmclksrc
Display SRM Clock Source
Use the dspsrmclksrc command to view the SRM-3T3 clock source for a specified T3 line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, SRM-3T3
Syntax
dspsrmclksrc -ds3 <T3 line number>
Syntax Description
-ds3
|
Command delineator for the T3 line number entry.
|
T3 line number
|
T3 line number is in the format slot.line.
•Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32
•Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
cnfsrmclksrc
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-350 Display clock source for T3 line 1 on the SRM-3T3 in slot 15
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspsrmclksrc -ds3 15.1
LineXmtClockSource: backplane clock from BNM
dspstatparms
Display Statistics Parameters
Use the dspstatparms command to view statistics parameters on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM, CESM, FRSM
Syntax
dspstatparms
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-351 Display statistics parameter settings on the current card (FRSM-2CT3)
wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspstatparms
TFTP ACK time-out (sec): 60
Peak Enable Flag: Disabled
Object Count: 0 STATS COLLECTION: Disabled
Object Subtype Counts: 0 0 0 0
Total File Memory Used: 0
Number of File Allocated: 0
Auto Mem Rgn Size: 6291456
dspswfunc
Display Software Function
Use the dspswfunc PAR command to view status of certain node-level, paid features on the node. The features are the feeder implementation (or default routing implementation) of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VS/VD) control for ABR traffic.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspswfunc
Related Commands
cnfswfunc
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-352 Display whether or not paid features (feeder implementation or default routing implementation) of the switch and VS/VD control for ABR traffic have been enabled
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspswfunc
1. ABR VSVD(enable(yes)/disable(no): NO
2. Node Type(routing(routing)/Feeder(fdr): ROUTING
dspsysparm
Display System Parameters
Use the dspsysparm command to view system parameters.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspsysparm
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-353 Display system parameters for the node
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspsysparm
Max Time Stamped Packet Age(msec) 32
Fail Connections On Communication Break YES
Interval Statistics polling rate for VCs 5
Max Network Delay for 'v' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 'c' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 112
Max Network Delay for 'a' connections(msec) 216
Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections(msec) 256
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections(msec) 512
Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections(msec) 512
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns(msec) 216
Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec) 216
FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec) 3
Enable Discard Eligibility 0
Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be 0
Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature 0
Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm 0
dsptotals
Display Totals
Use the dsptotals command to view line, port, and channel totals for the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dsptotals
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-354 Show total active lines, ports, and channels on the current card
spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dsptotals
total active lines = 0/56
total active ports = 0/256
total active chans = 0/1000
dsptrafficgen
Display Traffic Generation Test
Use the dsptrafficgen command to display the status of a traffic-generation test. This traffic-generation test is used to determine and troubleshoot cell loss and is intended for defective PVCs.
Software Version
Command available with 1.1.20 and higher
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)
Syntax
dsptrafficgen
Related Commands
cnftrafficgen
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-355 Display traffic-generation test on connection 16
spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dsptrafficgen
Pattern type : 1( All 0's )
Total Test Frames To Send : 100
Total Test Frames Transmitted : 100
Total Test Frames Received : 0
dsptrapip
Display Outgoing Trap IP Address
Use the dsptrapip command to view the IP address of the interface associated with outgoing traps. The identity of this interface is derived from your settings using the cnftrapip command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrapip
Related Commands
cnftrapip, addtrapmgr, deltrapmgr, xdsptrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-356 Display IP address that will be placed in outgoing traps
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrapip
Trap IP Address :172.29.22.214
dsptrapmgr
Display Trap Managers
Use the dsptrapmgr command to view a list of all the SNMP managers that are registered to receive traps. This display also presents the current aging parameter set for the traps, as defined by using the agetrapmgr command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrapmgr
Related Commands
agetrapmgr
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-357 Display configuration of all SNMP managers that are registered to receive traps on the switch
wilco.1.7.PXM.a> dsptrapmgr
ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum Aging
------------ ------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ------
171.71.0.54 69 Add Off 0 ENABLE
171.71.54.65 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE
171.71.54.69 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE
172.29.37.75 2500 Add Off 100023 ENABLE
172.29.37.209 2500 Add Off 100150 ENABLE
All the trap managers have aging enabled (default).
dsptrkcnf
Display Trunk Configuration
Use the dsptrkcnf PAR command to view the configuration for a trunk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrkcnf <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
•Slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, cnftrk, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-358 Display configuration on trunk 1 on the card in slot 7
spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrkcnf 7.1
Statistical Reserve : 1000
Traffic Classes : FST FR NTS TS VOICE CBR VBR ABR
dsptrkload
Display Trunk Load
Use the dsptrkload PAR command to view load information for a trunk. This command applies to only the routing node implementation.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrkload <slot.port>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number.
•Slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
|
Related Commands
addtrk, dsptrks, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
dsptrks
Display Trunks
Use the dsptrks PAR command to view all trunks on the node. This command applies to only the routing node implementation.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dsptrks
Related Commands
addtrk, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
dspunit391
Display UNI T391
Use the dspunit391 command to view the current setting for UNI T391 on a specified FRSM card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM
Syntax
dspunit391
Related Commands
addtrk, cnftrk, dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-359 Display current setting for T391
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspunit391
System UNI T391 = 5 seconds
dspupgrade
Display Upgrade State
Use the dspupgrade command to view the current upgrade status of the active and the standby PXMs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspupgrade
Related Commands
rstupgrade, newrev, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-360 Display upgrade state for the two PXMs
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade
dspusers
Display Users
Use the dspusers command to view the user IDs that have been added to the PXM configuration. The screen shows the user name and highest privilege level and displays the number of those levels above user-privilege.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspusers
Related Commands
adduser, deluser
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-361 Display users configured for this shelf. The users in this example are Raoul and Duke.
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspusers
-------------------------
dspver
Display Firmware Version
Use the dspver command to view firmware versions currently running in both PXM cards.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dspver [bt]
Syntax Description
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-362 Display the firmware versions running in both PXM cards
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspver
dspvismip
Display VISM IP Parameters
Use the dspvismip command to view the IP configuration information for the VISM card. This command displays the results of cnfvismip configurations.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
VISM
Syntax
dspvismip
Related Commands
cnfvismip
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-363 Display IP configuration information for the current VISM card
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspvismip
VismIpAddress: 198.45.26.101
dth
Display Transaction Trace Handler
Use the dth command to view transaction trace handler statistics.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dth
Related Commands
cth
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-364 Display transaction trace handler detail
dvsi
Display VSI
Use the dvsi command to view the VSI trace buffer.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
dvsi
Related Commands
cvsi
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco Group
|
Example 1-365 Display VSI trace buffer
VSI Trace Buffer is empty
exit
Exit from CLI
Use the exit command to exit the current CLI shell.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
exit
Related Commands
bye, logout
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-366 Exit from the current CLI shell
formatdisk
Format Disk
Use the formatdisk command to format the disk and remove all disk contents. There is a warning prompt before this command is executed, at which point you can cancel the command. If you acknowledge the prompt, the command executes, taking about 30 minutes to format a 2 GB disk.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
formatdisk
Related Commands
syncdisk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
help
Help
Use the help command to view commands associated with the current card. The help command is case-sensitive.
This command takes no arguments and therefore does not provide information about specific commands.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
help
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display current PXM card command suite
•Display current AUSM card command suite
•Display current FRSM card command suite
•Display current VISM card command suite
•Display current CESM card command suite
Example 1-367 Display current PXM card command suite
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
popeye3.1.8.PXM.a >Display AUSM card command suite
popeye3.1.6.AUSM8.a > help
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addchanloop No Active Group 4
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addimagrp Yes Active Group 1
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addlns2aimgrp Yes Active Group 1
addlns2imagrp Yes Active Group 1
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clraimgrpcnt No Active Group 1
clraimlncnt No Active Group 1
clralmcnts No Any Group 5
clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)
clrchancnt No Any Group 5
clrchancnts No Any Group 3
clrimagrpcnt No Active Group 1
clrimalncnt No Active Group 1
clrportcnt No Any Group 5
clrportcnts No Any Group 5
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2
cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfchan Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanq Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0)
cnfilmi Yes Active Group 1
cnfimaalmparm No Any Group 1
cnfimagrp Yes Active Group 1
cnfimatst No Active Group 1
cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
cnfplpp Yes Active Group 1
cnfportq Yes Active Strata Group (-2)
cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfslftst Yes Active Any User
cnfsvcrange Yes Active Group 1
cnfupcabr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupccbr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupcubr Yes Active Group 2
cnfupcvbr Yes Active Group 2
copychans Yes Active Group 1
delaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchanloop No Active Group 4
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
delimagrp Yes Active Group 1
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
dellnsfmaimgrp Yes Active Group 1
dellnsfmimagrp Yes Active Group 1
delport Yes Active Group 1
delrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dnport Yes Active Group 1
dspaimgrp No Active Group 1
dspaimgrpcnt No Active Group 1
dspaimgrps No Active Group 1
dspaimlncnt No Active Group 1
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2
dspcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspfst No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspilmicnt No Any Any User
dspimaalmparm No Any Group 1
dspimagrp No Active Group 1
dspimagrpcnt No Active Group 1
dspimagrps No Active Group 1
dspimainfo No Active Any User
dspimalncnt No Active Group 1
dsploads No Active Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspplpp Yes Active Group 1
dspportcnt No Any Any User
dspportqs No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dsprscprtn Yes Active Group 1
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dspsvcrange Yes Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
dsptotals No Any Any User
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstconseg No Active Group 4
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
upport Yes Active Group 1
xaddcon Yes Active Group 1
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xclrportcnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfcon Yes Active Group 1
xcnfilmi Yes Active Group 1
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfportq Yes Active Group 1
xdelcon Yes Active Group 1
xdnport Yes Active Group 1
xdspportq No Any Any User
xdspportqs No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
xupport Yes Active Group 1
Example 1-368 Display FRSM card command suite
popeye3.1.3.FRSM.a > help
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addchanloop No Active Group 4
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clrportcnt No Any Group 5
clrportcnts No Any Group 5
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 1
cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfchancacoff Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanegressq Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2
cnfchaningressq Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanmap Yes Active Group 2
cnfchanpol Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0)
cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
cnfoamlpbk No Any Any User
cnfport Yes Active Group 1
cnfportcllm Yes Active Group 1
cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
cnfslftst Yes Any Any User
cnftrafficgen No Any Any User
cnfunit391 No Active Super Group (0)
copychans Yes Active Group 1
copyports Yes Active Group 1
delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchanloop No Active Group 4
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
delport Yes Active Group 1
delports Yes Active Group 1
downport Yes Active Group 2
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspbufoverflow No Any Super Group (0)
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype No Any Any User
dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspchanmap No Any Any User
dspchstats No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspfst Yes Active Group 4
dsplcn No Active Any User
dspmaptbl No Any Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspoamlpbk No Any Any User
dspportcnt No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn No Any Any User
dspportstats No Any Any User
dsprscprtn No Any Any User
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspservrate No Any Super Group (0)
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
dsptotals No Any Any User
dsptrafficgen No Any Any User
dspunit391 No Active Any User
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1
queDsp No Active Any User
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
upport Yes Active Group 2
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xclrportcnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfport Yes Active Group 1
xdspchancnt No Any Any User
xdspchans No Any Any User
xdspportcnt No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
Example 1-369 Display VISM card command suite
versionDisplay CESM card command suite
Example 1-370 Display CESM card command suite
Command Logging State Priority
-------------------- ------- ------ -------------------------
addcdrscprtn No Any Any User
addchan Yes Active Group 2
addcon Yes Active Group 2
addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
addport Yes Active Group 1
addrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2)
clralmcnts No Any Group 5
clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0)
clrchancnt No Any Group 5
clrchancnts No Any Group 3
clrsarcnts No Any Group 5
clrslftst No Any Any User
clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
cnfcdprtntype No Any Any User
cnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User
cnfchan Yes Active Group 2
cnfcon Yes Active Group 2
cnfportrscprtn No Any Any User
cnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
cnfslftst Yes Active Any User
cnfswparms No Any Any User
delcdrscprtn No Any Any User
delchan Yes Active Group 2
delchans Yes Active Group 1
delcon Yes Active Group 2
dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1)
delport Yes Active Group 1
delports Yes Active Group 1
delrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspalmcnf No Any Any User
dspalmcnt No Any Any User
dspcderrs No Any Any User
dspcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2)
dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User
dspchancnt No Any Any User
dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2)
dsplcn No Active Any User
dspmsgcnt No Any Any User
dspportrscprtn No Any Any User
dspsarcnt No Any Any User
dspsarcnts No Any Any User
dspslftst No Any Any User
dspslftsttbl No Any Any User
dspstatparms No Any Any User
dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1)
i No Any Service Group (-1)
oldcnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User
oldcnfportrscprtn No Any Any User
runslftstno No Any Any User
setpagemode No Any Any User
shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2)
tstchan No Active Group 4
tstchansti No Active Group 4
tstconsti No Active Group 4
tstdelay No Active Group 4
tstdelaysti No Active Group 4
xclrchancnt No Any Group 3
xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3
xcnfcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2)
xcnfcdrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2
xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1)
xcnfport Yes Active Group 1
xcnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2)
xdspchancnt No Any Any User
xdspchans No Any Any User
xdspports No Any Any User
history
Display Command History
Use the history command to view the last 10 commands executed on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
history
Related Commands
cmdhistory
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-371 Display the last 10 commands executed on the PXM card
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > history
Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s)
ifShow
Show Interfaces
Use the ifShow command to view the contents of all the currently configured interfaces.
Card(s) on which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ifShow
Related Commands
memShow, routeShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-372 Display contents of the configured interfaces
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > ifShow
Flags: (0x63) UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.29.23.149
Broadcast address: 172.29.23.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:c0:43:00:2d:c7
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
599468 packets received; 34476 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x69) UP LOOPBACK ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 127.0.0.1
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 4096
4 packets received; 4 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x71) UP POINT-TO-POINT ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Destination Internet address: 0.0.0.0
Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 576
0 packets received; 0 packets sent
0 input errors; 0 output errors
Flags: (0x43) UP BROADCAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING
Internet address: 172.1.1.149
Broadcast address: 172.1.1.255
Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00
Ethernet address is 00:00:00:00:00:00
Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500
0 packets received; 47272 packets sent
0 input errors; 47272 output errors
install
Install the Firmware Load
Use the install command after transferring a PXM firmware image (using the downloadflash command) during a system upgrade session.
See Figure 1-7 for an illustration of how the install command is used in the upgrade process.
Figure 1-7 Install Command Used in the Upgrade Process
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
install [bt] [sm <slot>] <version>
Syntax Description
bt
|
Backup boot.
|
sm <slot>
|
Location of the service module card and the slot number.
|
version
|
Firmware file version.
|
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-373 Begin loading firmware 1.1.10
NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
this may take a while ...
install command completed ok.
please wait for the other card to enter the hold state.
Example 1-374 Begin loading firmware 1.1.10, no redundancy
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
redundancy is not available
the other card is not available
you are not in redundant mode,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-375 Begin ungraceful upgrade (with redundancy)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.11
the new version is not compatible with the current version,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-376 Begin loading firmware on backup boot
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.11
writing pxm_bkup_masukawa.fw to flash...
Board recognised as a PXM1B board ...
Checksum size is 1261544 ...
Downloading C:/FW/pxm_bkup_1.1.11.fw into the flash ...
verifying flash contents ....
Flash download completed ...
copying pxm_bt_1.1.11.fw to standby...
writing flash on other card...
command completed ok on both pxms.
The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-377 View errors encountered during install command on a PXM (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10
file "C:/FW/ComMat.dat" not found
A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.13
FW version C:/FW/pxm_1.1.13.fw is not in the appropriate directory
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.12
A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.12
writing pxm_bkup_1.1.12.fw to flash...
Board recognised as a PXM1B board ...
Backup boot file not found in the FW directory ...
ERR: command "install" failed
Example 1-378 Begin loading firmware on a service module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > install sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-379 Begin loading firmware on a service module, no redundancy
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 10.0.05
you are not in redundant mode,
do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade
Example 1-380 Begin loading firmware for a service module for backup boot
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 FR8_BT_1.0.01
downloading and burning flash on SM 5...
The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-381 View errors encountered during install command on an SM (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 1.1.11
Incorrect version : 1.1.11
Version 1.1.11 is not available
ERR: command "install" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 1.1.11
Incorrect version : 1.1.11
ERR: command "install" failed
logout
Log Out
Use the logout command to exit the current CLI shell.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
logout
Related Commands
bye, exit
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-382 Log out of the current CLI shell
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > logout
ls
List
Use the ls command to list the contents of the working directory. The filename is listed for each entry. The total space of the file system and free space is also summarized at the end of the output.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ls
Related Commands
cd, pwd, renamer, deltree, copy
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-383 Display contents of the working directory
frsm_vhs_5.0.01_27May99_1_rmenon.fw
frsm_vhs_5.0.01_16Jun99_1_rmenon.fw
total space : 819200 K bytes
free space : 700583 K bytes
memShow
Show Memory
Use the memShow command to view the current memory map.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
memShow
Related Commands
ifShow, routeShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-384 Show current memory allocation on the PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > memShow
status bytes blocks avg block max block
------ --------- -------- ---------- ----------
free 2967104 37 80192 2879008
alloc 2561600 1774 1443 -
alloc 241511616 1019558 236 -
mkdir
Make Directory
Use the mkdir command to create a new directory.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
mkdir <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of the target directory.
|
Related Commands
dir
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Service
|
modbert
Modify BERT
Use the modbert command to inject errors into the bit stream for bit error rate testing (BERT).
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
modbert <slot>
Syntax Description
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
moddsx3bert
Modify DSX3 BERT
Use the moddsx3bert command to inject multi-rate errors into the bit error rate testing (BERT) bit stream.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
moddsx3bert <EIR>
Syntax Description
EIR
|
Error insertion rate.
•0 = no error
•2 = 1 in 10
•3 = 1 in 100
•4 = 1 in 1000
•5 = 1 in 10**4
•6 = 1 in 10**7
|
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-385 Inject EIR 1-in-10 for the current BERT session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > moddsx3bert 2
Example 1-386 Display results
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Modify dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) 14:14:44
Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999
Bit countlower: 389194075
Bit Error Countlower 14363002
Error Insertion Rate: oneInTenPowerTwo
mv
Move
Use the mv command to rename a file or directory.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
mv <path_name> <tgt_path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of the existing file or directory.
|
tgt_path_name
|
Name of the target file or directory.
|
Related Commands
rename
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
myid
My Identification
Use the myid command to view information about the user of the current terminal session.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
myid
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-387 Display login name of the current user—"cisco" in this case
newrev
New Revision
Use the newrev command to complete an upgrade/downgrade procedure on the PXM. This operation assumes that the install command has been successfully completed.
When this command executes normally, no output is returned, but the card is reset.
See Figure 1-8 for an illustration of how the newrev command is used in the firmware upgrade process.
Figure 1-8 The newrev command used in the upgrade process
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
newrev [sm <slot>] <version>
Note The "sm <slot>" parameter is optional; used only when a service module image is being upgraded.
Syntax Description
slot
|
Slot number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.
|
version
|
Firmware version.
|
Related Commands
rstupgrade, dspupgrade, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-388 View loading firmware errors (multiple cases)
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11
in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade install'
ERR: command "newrev" failed
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11
1.1.11 is not the PXM FW seondary image
ERR: command "newrev" failed
Example 1-389 Load firmware on a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-390 View loading firmware errors for a Service Module
golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05
Incorrect version : 10.0.05
usage: newrev [sm <slot>] <version>
ERR: command "newrev" failed
oldclralm
Online Clear Alarm
Use the olclralm command to clear online diagnostic alarms.
If a failure is detected and an automatic switchover is not performed, a major alarm is set. This alarm is displayed in the cardMajorAlarmBitMap field when the command dspcd is entered. The alarm message indicates the failed PXM by slot. Certain hardware failures prevent alarms from being displayed under the dspcd command. In such cases, use the log files to determine if a failure has occurred.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, SRM on the 8230 or 8250 switch only
Syntax
oldiags <slot number>
Related Commands
oldclrlock, oldsplog, oldiags
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
Example 1-391 Oldiags command issued with slot
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldclralm
USAGE: oldsplog <slot_number (7, 8)>
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldclralm 8
oldclrlock
Online Diagnostics Clear Lock
Use the oldclrlock command to clear a locked online diagnostics process, which can occur due to a keyboard command or an unexpected process shutdown. When this happens, the process is "locked," and remains so until the oldclrlck command is issued and clears the lock.
Do not issue the oldclrlck command while another instance of online diagnostics is running on the shelf.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, SRM on the 8230 or 8250 switch only
Syntax
oldclrlock <slot number>
Related Commands
oldclralm, oldsplog, oldiags
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
Example 1-392 The online diagnostics command with slot number
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldclralm
USAGE: oldsplog <slot_number (7, 8)>
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldclralm 8
Example 1-393 Display log for oldiags run with default values.
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldsplog
Viewing log file: C:DIAG/onlinediag.AUG24_10:59
Online diags started on THU AUG 24 10:59:11 2000
Online Diags: Version 1.0 Debug Level 0 Switch Enable 0
runOnStandbyPXM(): STDBY PXM reported 0 errors
RUNNING the memory bus test ....
RUNNING the low level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the high level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the rcmp test ....
RUNNING the bram test ....
RUNNING the ethernet test ....
RUNNING the framer test ....
RUNNING the cbc test ....
RUNNING the srm test ....
ACTIVE ERRORS = 0 STANDBY ERRORS = 0
oldiags
Online Diagnostics
Use the oldiags command to test components on the PXM and SRM modules of the MGX 8250 and MGX 8230 while the shelf is running. Connections, states, and tasks are not effected by the tests.
The diagnostic test is invoked from the active PXM. If a standby PXM exists and is in standby state, it also will be tested. When the test is run, each component is checked and the results are presented on the screen. Results are also saved to a log file.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, SRM on the 8230 or 8250 switch only
Syntax
oldiags <debug_level> <switch_enable>
Syntax Description
debug_level
|
Determine the amount of information to be displayed on the screen. Detail is shown on screen only. Log files are not affected by this option. Select one of the following values:
0 = Displays a summary (default).
1 = Displays more information than 0
2 = Displays more information than 1
3 = Displays detail
|
switch_enable
|
Enables or disables automatic switchover to the standby PXM.
|
Related Commands
oldclrlock, oldsplog, oldclralm
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
Example 1-394 Oldiags command issued without arguments (using default values)
Online Diags: Version 1.0 Debug Level 0 Switch Enable 0
ACTIVE ERRORS = 0 STANDBY ERRORS = 0
Example 1-395 Issue oldiags with verbosity set to 1 and switch enable set to 0
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldiags 1 0
Online diags started on THU AUG 24 11:02:36 2000
Online Diags: Version 1.0 Debug Level 1 Switch Enable 0
RUNNING the memory bus test ....
RUNNING the low level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the high level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the rcmp test ....
RUNNING the bram test ....
RUNNING the ethernet test ....
RUNNING the framer test ....
RUNNING the cbc test ....
RUNNING the srm test ....
ACTIVE ERRORS = 0 STANDBY ERRORS = 0
Example 1-396 Oldiags command error when issued from a standby PXM.
ERR: command for active board only
oldsplog
Online Display Log
Use the oldsplog command to display It should say the log files that are automatically created each time online diagnostics is run. This command is the only online diagnostics for the 8230 and 8250 switches. Log files are named onlinediag.MONTHDAY_hh:mm. The fields are saved in C:DIAG.
If the oldsplog command is issued without a variable, the most recent log file is displayed.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM on the 8230 or 8250 switch only
Syntax
oldiags <log_name>
Syntax Description
log_name
|
Specify the log name to view an older log file or a file that resides in a directory other than C:DIAG. If the file resides outside of C:DIAG, provide the full path name.
Log files are saved on each individual PXM and must be viewed separately.
|
Related Commands
oldclrclock, oldsplog, olddiags
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
Example 1-397 Display the latest log on the standby PXM
DIAG.1.7.PXM.s > oldsplog
Viewing log file: C:DIAG/onlinediag.AUG24_11:02
Online diags started on THU AUG 24 11:02:36 2000
Online Diags: Version 1.0
RUNNING the memory bus test ....
RUNNING the low level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the hard disk test ....
RUNNING the rcmp test ....
RUNNING the bram test ....
RUNNING the ethernet test ....
RUNNING the framer test ....
RUNNING the cbc test ....
RUNNING the srm test ....
Example 1-398 Display log for the latest run on the active PXM
DIAG.1.8.PXM.a > oldsplog
Viewing log file: C:DIAG/onlinediag.AUG24_10:59
Online diags started on THU AUG 24 10:59:11 2000
Online Diags: Version 1.0 Debug Level 0 Switch Enable 0
runOnStandbyPXM(): STDBY PXM reported 0 errors
RUNNING the memory bus test ....
RUNNING the low level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the high level hard disk test ....
RUNNING the rcmp test ....
RUNNING the bram test ....
RUNNING the ethernet test ....
RUNNING the framer test ....
RUNNING the cbc test ....
RUNNING the srm test ....
ACTIVE ERRORS = 0 STANDBY ERRORS = 0
pagemode
Page Mode
Use the pagemode command to adjust the way information is presented in your console display. Set pagemode off to enable continuous scrolling of displayed information, or set pagemode on to view incremental portions of the display.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
pagemode [off]
Syntax Description
off
|
Present uninterrupted results of command.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-399 Set display for continuous scroll
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode off
Value of pageMode is now turned OFF
Example 1-400 Set display for incremental views
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode on
Value of pageMode is now turned ON
passwd
Password
Use the passwd command to set the password on the PXM.
Note The default password is newuser.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
password
Related Commands
cnfpasswd
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-401 Set password on the PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > passwd
(default password "newuser" will be used)
ping
Ping
Use the ping command to send an ICMP packet to a destination address to find out if the host is operational.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
ping <IP_Addr> <Num_Packets>
Syntax Description
IP_Addr
|
IP address of the destination host in dotted decimal format.
|
Num_Packets
|
Number of packets, in the range 0-65535.
•0 = infinite
•3 = default
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-402 Display operational information of the destination address
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ping 172.29.23.148
PING 172.29.23.148: 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=0. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=1. time=0. ms
64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=2. time=0. ms
----172.29.23.148 PING Statistics----
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 0/0/0
printrev
Display Firmware Version
Use the printrev command to view the primary and secondary versions of firmware saved in the BRAM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
printrev
Related Commands
dspupgrade, rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs, copy, install, commit, abort
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-403 Display firmware versions running in both PXM cards
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > printrev
pwd
Present Working Directory
Use the pwd command to view the current working directory on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
pwd
Related Commands
dir, mkdir
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-404 Display current working directory on the PXM
remove
Remove
Use the remove command to delete a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
remove <path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
rename
Rename
Use the rename command to modify the current name of a file or directory.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rename <path_name> <tgt_path_name>
Syntax Description
path_name
|
Name of an existing file or directory.
|
tgt_path_name
|
Name of target file or directory.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
resetcd
Reset Card
Use the resetcd command to reset either the hardware of a selected service module or the failure history of the current card.
Using the resetcd command without defining a slot number results in an ungraceful (disruptive) upgrade. This is the fastest method to upgrade a card, but interrupts service.
A graceful (non-disruptive) upgrade requires that the install, newrev, and commit commands have already been executed, and that the card is identified in the command string.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
resetcd [slot number]
Syntax Description
slot number
|
Slot number, in the range 1-32.
|
Related Commands
install, newrev, commit
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-3
|
Example 1-405 Reset PXM without interrupting service
porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetcd 5
resetsys
Reset System
Use the resetsys command to reset the system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
resetsys
Related Commands
resetcd
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
Example 1-406 Reset the system
porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetsys
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Warning: firmware reset on active PXM card by cisco@telnet.01 (172.29.52.18)
restoreallcnf
Restore All Configurations
Restores all configuration files saved to the CNF directory on the hard drive. The saved configuration is the result of a prior execution of the saveallcnf command.
To see a list of existing configurations that have been zipped by saveallcnf, cd to the C drive and list the contents of the CNF directory.
You may want to use a saved configuration file to restore the configuration on another node, or to put it somewhere safe on a workstation. In order to move it off of a hard disk and use it with the restoreallcnf command on another node, TFTP the file off of the hard disk. See the example below, where 172.29.xx.xx is the IP address. To put the file on another node, use the TFTP put instead of TFTP get, then run the restoreallcnf command.
TFTP a configuration file off of the hard disk
tftp> get CNF/sj885168_0226011840.zip
Received 366160 bytes in 1.7 seconds
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
restoreallcnf [-f] <FILENAME> [-v]
Syntax Description
-f
|
Specifies the filename of the zipped version of the configuration.
|
FILENAME
|
Filename to be stored.
|
-v
|
(Optional) Specifies that a list of the restored configuration files goes to the default printer. The default is no printout. In releases prior to Release 1.1.34, this option should be used, since it will not be automatically displayed on the monitor after the restoreallcnf command is executed.
|
Related Commands
clrallcnf, saveallcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
rnmnd
Renumber Node
Use the rnmnd command to renumber a routing node. This command is not applicable for a feeder node, and by default is set to 1.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rnmnd <1 | 2>
Syntax Description
<1 | 2>
|
1 = feeder node
2 = routing node
|
Related Commands
routeShow, routestatShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-407 Renumber node error on a feeder node
NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > rnmnd 2
Node renumber not allowed for Feeder Node
routeShow
Show Routing
Use the routeShow command to view the current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
routeShow
Related Commands
routestatShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-408 Display current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routeShow
destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0.0 172.29.23.149 1 1 21778 lnPci0
0.0.0.0 172.29.23.1 3 0 2755 lnPci0
172.1.1.0 172.1.1.149 1 0 0 atm0
172.29.23.0 172.29.23.149 1 2 5275 lnPci0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 5 0 0 sl0
127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 5 1 0 lo0
172.29.23.3 172.1.1.149 5 0 3555 atm0
172.29.23.5 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.7 172.1.1.149 5 0 3335 atm0
171.71.29.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.28 172.1.1.149 5 0 6127 atm0
172.29.23.29 172.1.1.149 5 1 6065 atm0
171.71.29.32 172.1.1.149 5 0 5842 atm0
171.71.29.44 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
172.29.23.53 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
171.71.29.59 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0
171.71.28.126 172.1.1.149 5 0 3309 atm0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
routestatShow
Show Routing Statistics
Use the routestatShow command to view the current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
routestatShow
Related Commands
routeShow
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-409 Display current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routestatShow
0 dynamically created route
0 new gateway due to redirects
0 destination found unreachable
11095 uses of a wildcard route
rstupgrade
Reset Upgrade
Use the rstupgrade command to cancel the software upgrade process. In normal circumstances, the abort command is the best way to stop the software upgrade process. However, if a hardware failure or other error occurs during the installation, run the rstupgrade command to cancel the installation. Run the dspupgrade command to display the status. The status "upgrade idle" indicates that the upgrade has been cancelled. You then can correct the cause of the error, and start the upgrade process again.
See Figure 1-9 for an illustration of how the rstupgrade command is used in the upgrade process.
Figure 1-9 The rstupgrade command used in the upgrade process
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
rstupgrade
Related Commands
dspupgrade, newrev, install, abort, commit, dspfwrevs, printrev
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-410 Reset upgrade and display upgrade
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >rstupgrade
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade
runslftstno
Run Self-Test Number
Use the runslftstno command activate the self-test for the specified self-test number on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
runslftstno <Test #>
Syntax Description
Test #
|
Number of the test to run during this session. If this parameter is omitted, all tests are run.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Run all self-tests on an installed AUSM card
•Run self-test on an installed FRSM 2CT3 card
•Run specified self-test on the current card
•Run self-test with specified self-test number on the current card
Example 1-411 Run all self-tests on the current AUSM card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
8 DPRAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
9 CSERAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
10 CAM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
11 IMA grp lpbk test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
Example 1-412 Run all self-tests on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
Example 1-413 Run all self-tests on the current FRSM-2CT3 card
spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno
Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst
1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y
6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y
9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N
Example 1-414 Run self-test with specified self-test number on the current card
spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno 1
Test Number 1 Result: PASS
saveallcnf
Save All Configuration
Save All Configurations—save all configuration files to a zip file on the hard drive.
Warning The shelf must not provision new circuits while this command is running. Do not run this command unless the shelf configuration is stable or you risk corrupting the saved configuration file.
The saveallcnf command saves all configurations to a zipped file in the CNF directory on the hard drive. The zip file can then be used to restore the configuration at a later time. This command takes significant time to execute, so a warning message prompts you for confirmation before the system performs the task. Upon completion, the system displays the name of the saved configuration file, in the form nodename.zip. Be sure to use the -v parameter with this command in releases prior to 1.1.34 in order to display the file name.
The system stores up to three zipped configuration files. If you want to save more than two configurations, use FTP to transfer the files to another device.
After you execute the saveallcnf command, you may want to use the saved configuration file to restore the configuration on another node, or to put it somewhere safe on a workstation. In order to do this, you can TFTP the file off of the hard disk. See the example below, where 172.29.xx.xx is the IP address.
Example 1-415 TFTP a configuration file off of the hard disk
tftp> get CNF/sj885168_0226011840.zip
Received 366160 bytes in 1.7 seconds
To restore the system configuration, use the restoreallcnf command. To abort a configuration save, use abortallsaves command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
saveallcnf -v
Syntax Description
-v
|
Command delineator that prints the configuration file. Use this delineator when running this command in releases prior to 1.1.34. In prior releases, the filename is not returned as a display on the screen. Using the -v parameter prints out the filename of the saved configuration file.
|
Related Commands
clrallcnf, restoreallcnf
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
sesntimeout
Session Timeout
Use the sesntimeout command to define maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a 0.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
sesntimeout [time_out]
Syntax Description
time_out
|
Number of idle time seconds allowed for the session.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display current timeout
•Modify current timeout and display the new configuration
Example 1-416 Display current timeout
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout
The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s)
Example 1-417 Set session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds)
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout 720
The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s)
shutdisk
Shut Down Disk
Use the shutdisk command to quiesce the disk.
Note You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to rebooting the PXM.
Note You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to removing a PXM from the system.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
shutdisk
Related Commands
syncdisk, formatdisk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
softswitch
Switch to Redundant from Primary
Use the softswitch command to transfer control from the active primary service module to the active secondary (or redundant) service module. The primary service module will reboot and come up in standby mode. Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
softswitch <PrimarySlotNum> <SecondarySlotNum>
Syntax Description
PrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the primary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
SecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the secondary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
switchback, addred, delred, dspred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
startdsx3bert
Start DSX3 BERT
Use the startdsx3bert command to start a bit error rate test (BERT) session. You must reset the BERT counters, using the clrbertcntrs command, prior to using the startdsx3bert command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
startdsx3bert
Related Commands
acqdsx3bert, clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-418 Start a BERT session on the selected service module
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > startdsx3bert
switchapsln
Switch APS Line
Use the switchapsln command to control APS switching actions. This function applies to OC-3 and
OC-12 lines.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchapsln <line number> <operation>
Syntax Description
line number
|
OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to apply APS.
|
operation
|
Type of APS switch functionality to use on the PXM line.
•1 = clear
•2 = forced
•3 = manual
•4 = lock-out
•5 = service
|
Related Commands
addapsln, cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
switchback
Switch Back to Primary from Redundant
Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch. The switchback command transfers control from the active secondary (or redundant) service module back to the active primary service module. The secondary (or redundant) service module will reboot and will come up in standby mode
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchback <PrimarySlotNum> <SecondarySlotNum>
Syntax Description
PrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the primary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
SecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number of the secondary card, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
Related Commands
softswitch, addred, delred, dspred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
switchcc
Switch Core Cards
Use the switchcc command to transfer control of the MGX 8250 switch shelf from the active PXM to the standby PXM. If a standby PXM is not available, the command is not executed.
During a config copy, this command is disabled. If the command is attempted during a config copy, a "Can't execute, BRAM or FLASH is being updated" message is displayed.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
switchcc
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-3
|
Example 1-419 Attempt to switchcc without a standby PXM on the shelf
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > switchcc
Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y
Core card redundancy unavailable
syncdisk
Synchronize Disk
Use the syncdisk command to flush out the write buffers to the disk and put the device in standby mode. Use the syncdisk command before you remove the PXM card or reset the shelf.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
syncdisk
Related Commands
formatdisk
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
timeout
Session Timeout
Use the timeout command to set maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session on the PXM. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a 0.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
timeout [time_out]
Syntax Description
time_out
|
Number of idle time seconds allowed prior to automatically logging off the current user.
|
Related Commands
sesntimeout
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display current timeout
•Modify current timeout and display the new configuration
Example 1-420 Display current timeout
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout
The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s)
Example 1-421 Set session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds)
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout 720
The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s)
tstcon
Test Connection
Use the tstcon command to test the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8250 switch card and a remote end within the WAN switching network by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: Service Modules
tstcon <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
A number in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•PXM range = 16-1024
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3, one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax: PXM
tstcon <con_id>
Syntax Description
con_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•vpi range = 1-4095
•vci range = 1-65535
|
Syntax: AUSM
tstcon <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•vpi range = 1-4095
•vci range = 1-65535
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstconseg, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-422 Test a connection on the current AUSM (using the port.VPI.VCI argument)
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 2.1.1
Example 1-423 Test a connection on the current AUSM (using the channel number argument)
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 21
tstconseg
Test Connection Segment
Use the tstconseg command to test the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8250 switch card and service equipment (CPE) by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM-8T1E1
Syntax for PXM
tstconseg <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1
tstconseg <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
VPI range = 1-4095
VCI range = 1-65535
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstcon, tstdelay
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-424 Test connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the port.VPI.VCI argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 2.1.1
Example 1-425 Test connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the channel number argument
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 21
tstdelay
Test Round Trip Delay
Use the tstdelay command to conduct an external connectivity test by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end to the network and back. The terminal displays a pass or fail message and the round-trip time in milliseconds.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: FRSM, CESM
tstdelay <channel number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–HS1/B range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3, one connection starting at 32
|
Syntax: PXM
tstdelay <con_id>
Syntax Description
con_id
|
Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.
•Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation
•vpi range = 1-4095
•vci range = 1-65535
|
Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1
tstdelay < port.VPI.VCI | channel number>
Syntax Description
port.VPI.VCI
|
Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
VPI range = 1-4095.
VCI range = 1-65535.
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcons, tstcon
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-426 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network on channel 16
MGX 825061.1.10.AUSM.a > tstdelay 16
TestDelay Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-427 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 2.1.1
Delay Test Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-428 Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on channel 21
s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 21
Delay Test Passed with 1 ms.
uncnfifastrk
Unconfigure Interface as Trunk
Use the PAR uncnfifastrk command to restore trunk routing operations on a PXM line.
Note Delete all trunk connections prior to using this command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
uncnfifastrk <slot.port> <iftype>
Syntax Description
slot.port
|
Slot and port number of the line to be designated for trunking.
•Slot = enter the value 7 (typical), or the slot where the PXM is installed.
•Port = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.
|
iftype
|
Type of trunk.
•ftrk = feeder trunk
•rtrk = routing trunk (default)
|
Related Commands
cnfifastrk
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-429 Return the line on port 1 in slot 7 to use as a routing trunk
MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > uncnfifastrk 7.1 rtrk
An error message occurs if trunks are not deleted prior to invoking the uncnfifastrk command.
upif
Up Interface
Use the upif command to add a logical interface to a broadband port on a PXM. The purpose of configuring logical interfaces for a line is to create a structure for resource partitioning. The network control applications (PAR, Tag, and so on) require resources linked to the logical interfaces.
A PXM can have 1-32 logical interfaces regardless of the number of physical lines. With multiple lines serving as uplinks, you can divide the 32 logical interfaces between the active lines according to need, yet each line would still have the full range of VPIs and VCIs. In summary, the number of logical interfaces per line can vary, but the maximum number of VPIs and VCIs is fixed (with the actual range subject to your configuration). To change the configuration of an existing logical interface on the PXM, use the cnfif command.
Note On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
upif <if_num> <line_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>
Syntax Description
if_num
|
Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
line_num
|
PXM line number, in the range 1-4, 1 port on the OC-12 card, 4 ports on the OC-3 card, and 2 ports on the T3/E3 card.
|
pct_bw
|
Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated to the logical interface, in the range 0-100. The value applies to both the ingress and egress.
|
min_vpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.
•UNI = 0-255
•NNI = 0-4095
The UNI range typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
max_vpi
|
Maximum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.
•UNI = 0-255
•NNI = 0-4095
Typically, the UNI range applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-4
|
Example 1-430 Add logical interface to a PXM port
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > upif 1 1 100 1 2000
upport
Up Port
Use the upport command to activate a specified AUSM port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
upport <PortNum>
Syntax Description
PortNum
|
Port Number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dnport
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
users
Display Names of All Users Currently Logged Into Switch
Use the users command to view details associated with currently active users on the PXM. The screen display shows the means through which each user logged into the switch, the slot number of the current card, and the login name of the users.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
users
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-431 Display users logged into the switch
Port Slot Idle UserId From
-------------------------------------------------------------
telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240
telnet.02 3 0:07:03 cisco 171.71.25.240
version
Display Versions
Use the version command to view different types of version-related information, such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, the date of the software build, and so on (refer to screen examples).
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM
Syntax
version
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display version information on the current PXM card
•Display version information on the current FRSM card
•Display version information on the current VISM card
•Display version information on the current AUSM card
Example 1-432 Display version information on the current PXM card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > version
VxWorks (for MGX 8850) version 5.3.1.
Kernel: WIND version 2.5.
Made on Feb 13 1999, 07:40:57.
lnPci(0,0) e=172.29.37.40 g=172.29.37.1
PXM firmware version : 1.0.00cp1
Boot Image Version : 1.0.00av
Example 1-433 Display version information on the current FRSM card
MGX 82503.1.11.FRSM.a > version
***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8250 FRSM Card *****
Firmware Version = eqa2.0.1g
Backup Boot version = model-B BT_2.0.0
PXMFRSM Xilinx file = frsm025.h
VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000.
Kernel: WIND version 2.4.
Made on Wed Jan 13 19:45:10 PST 1999.
Example 1-434 Display version information on the current VISM card
spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > version
***** Cisco Systems. AXIS VISM Card *****
Firmware Version = rangar
Backup Boot version = 3.2.02
Xilinx Firmware version = 10/ 2/1998
DSPCOM FPGA version = 1/20/1999
DSPM ecan Firmware Details:
VxWorks (for R5k PDC) version 5.3.1.
Kernel: WIND version 2.5.
Made on Mar 9 1999, 14:19:21.
Example 1-435 Display version information on the current AUSM card
MGX 82503.1.14.AUSM.a > version
***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8250 AUSM Card *****
Firmware Version = model-A 2.0.00
Backup Boot version = model-A BT_eqa2.0.1
AUSM Xilinx file = ausmfract.h
VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000.
Kernel: WIND version 2.4.
Made on Thu Jan 21 17:57:59 GMT 1999.
who
Who
Use the who command to view details associated with user IDs currently active on the PXM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
who
Related Commands
adduser, deluser, whoami
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-436 Display users logged into the current card
Port Slot Idle UserId From
-------------------------------------------------------------
telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240
whoami
Who Am I
Use the whoami command to view the current login ID, access level, and associated terminal port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
whoami
Related Commands
adduser, deluser, who
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-437 Display information about the user of the current terminal session
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > whoami
xaddcon
Add Connection
Use the xaddcon command to adds a connection to the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen after command entry unless the command cannot execute as entered.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xaddcon <channel number> <connection type> <port number> <vpi> <vci> <service type>
<egress queue number>
Syntax Description
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
connection type
|
Connection type as either VPP or VCC.
•1 = VPP
•2 = VCC
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
vpi
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-255.
|
vci
|
Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.
|
service type
|
Service type as either:
•1 = constant bit rate (CBR)
•2 = variable bit rate (VBR)
•3 = available bit rate (ABR)
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-12. Zero (0) is for the default in addcon.
|
Related Commands
delcon, dspcons, dspcon
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
Example 1-438 Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1
MGX 82503.1.14.AUSM.a > xaddcon 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
xclrchancnt
Clear Channel Counters
Use the xclrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for a specified Frame Relay channel on a specified card. Counting resumes after the command executes.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax: PXM
xclrchancnt -cnt <chanNum> -cc <clrButton>
Syntax Description
-cnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PXM chanNum entry.
|
chanNum
|
PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.
|
-cc
|
Command delineator that precedes the ClrButton entry.
|
clrButton
|
Underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.
•1 = no action
•2 = clear counts
|
Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM
xclrchancnt -chn <channel number>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the channel number entry.
|
channel number
|
Channel number in the range appropriate for the current card interface.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = 32-N
|
Related Commands
dspchan, clrchancnts, dspchancnt
Attribute
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
xclrportcnt
Clear Port Counters
Use the xclrportcnt command to clear port counter values from the current AUSM or FRSM.
No message appears upon successful execution of the command.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
xclrportcnt -pt <port number>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.
•AUSM range = 1-8
•FRSM range as appropriate for the interface.
–T1 range = 1-92
–E1 range = 1-248
|
Related Commands
clrportcnts, xdspportcnt, dspportcnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-5
|
xcnfalm
Configure Extended Alarm Counters and Statistics
Use the xcnfalm command to configure extended alarm counters and statistics for the specified line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity> -rai <RAISeverity> -neu <NEAlarmUpcount> -ned <NEAlarmDncount> -net <NEAlarmThreshold> -feu <FEAlarmUpcount> -fed <FEAlarmDncount> -fet <FEAlarmThreshold>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the current card.
|
-red
|
Command delineator that precedes the RedSeverity entry.
|
RedSeverity
|
RedSeverity is either major or minor.
•1 = minor
•2 = major
|
-rai
|
Command delineator that precedes the RAISeverity entry.
|
RAISeverity
|
RAISeverity is either major or minor.
•1 = minor
•2 = major
|
-neu
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmUpcount entry.
|
NEAlarmUpcount
|
NEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-ned
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmDncount entry.
|
NEAlarmDncount
|
NEAlarmDncount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-net
|
Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmThreshold entry.
|
NEAlarmThreshold
|
NEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
-feu
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmUpcount entry.
|
FEAlarmUpcount
|
FEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.
|
-fed
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmDncount entry.
|
FEAlarmDncount
|
FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
-fet
|
Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmThreshold entry.
|
FEAlarmThreshold
|
FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.
|
Related Commands
xcnfalmcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-439 Configure the DS1 line 1 alarms so that RED and RAI are both minor alarms, and the up and down counts and threshold for both FE and NE are all set to 100
MGX 82503.1.14.AUSM.a > xcnfalm -ds1 1 -red 1 -rai 1 -neu 100 -ned 100 -net 100 -feu 100
-fed 100 -fet 100
xcnfalmcnt
Configure Alarm Counters
Use the xcnfalmcnt command to configure the extended alarm counters for the specified line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> -sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity> -lcv15 <lCV15minThreshold> -lcv24 <lCV24hrThreshold> -les15 <lES15minThreshold> -les24 <lES24hrThreshold> -lses15 <lSES15minThreshold> -lses24 <lSES24hrThreshold> -crc15 <cRC15MinThreshold> -crc24 <cRC24HrThreshold> -crces15 <cRCES15MinThreshold> -crces24 <cRCES24HrThreshold> -crcses15 <cRCSES15MinThreshold> -crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold> -sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold> -sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold> -aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold> -aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold> -uas15 <uAS15minThreshold> -uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the current card.
|
-sev
|
Command delineator that precedes the StatisticalAlarmSeverity entry.
|
StatisticalAlarmSeverity
|
Severity of the alarm.
•1 = minor
•2 = major
|
-lcv15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1CV15minThreshold entry.
|
1CV15minThreshold
|
Code violations during a 15-minute period.
|
-lcv24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1VC24hrThreshold entry.
|
1CV24hrThreshold
|
Code violations during a 24-hour period.
|
-les15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1ES15minThreshold entry.
|
1ES15minThreshold
|
Line errored seconds during a 15-minute period.
|
-les24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1ES24hrThreshold entry.
|
1ES24hrThreshold
|
Line errored seconds during a 24-hour period.
|
-lses15
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1SES15minThreshold entry.
|
1SES15minThreshold
|
Line severity errored seconds during a 15-minute period.
|
-lses24
|
Command delineator that precedes the 1SES24hrThreshold entry.
|
1SES24hrThreshold
|
Line severity errored seconds during a 24-hour period.
|
-crc15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRC15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRC15MinThreshold
|
Cyclic redundancy check (CRC) during a 15-minute period.
|
-crc24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRC24HrThreshold entry.
|
cRC24HrThreshold
|
CRC during a 24-hour period.
|
-crces15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCES15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRCES15MinThreshold
|
Errored seconds of a CRC check during a 15-minute period.
|
-crces24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCES24HrThreshold entry.
|
cRCES24HrThreshold
|
Errored seconds of a CRC during a 24-hour period.
|
-crcses15
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES15MinThreshold entry.
|
cRCSES15MinThreshold
|
Severely errored seconds of a CRC during a 15-minute period.
|
-crcses24
|
Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES24hrThreshold entry.
|
cRCSES24hrThreshold
|
Severely errored seconds of a CRC during a 24-hour period.
|
-sefs15
|
Command delineator that precedes the sEFS15minThreshold entry.
|
sEFS15minThreshold
|
Severely errored frame seconds during a 15-minute period.
|
-sefs24
|
Command delineator that precedes the sEFS24hrThreshold entry.
|
sEFS24hrThreshold
|
Severely errored frame seconds during a 24-hour period.
|
-aiss15
|
Command delineator that precedes the aISS15minThreshold entry.
|
aISS15minThreshold
|
Alarm indication signalling seconds during a 15-minute period.
|
-aiss24
|
Command delineator that precedes the aISS24hrThreshold entry.
|
aISS24hrThreshold
|
Alarm indication signalling seconds during a 24-hour period.
|
-uas15
|
Command delineator that precedes the uAS15minThreshold entry.
|
uAS15minThreshold
|
Unavailable seconds during a 15-minute period.
|
-uas24
|
Command delineator that precedes the uAS24hrThreshold entry.
|
uAS24hrThreshold
|
Unavailable seconds during a 24 hour period.
|
Related Commands
dspalmcnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 3
|
xcnfbert
Configure Bit Error Rate Test
Use the xcnfbert command to set up a bit error rate test (BERT) and to add or remove loops on the ports and lines of a specified SM.
A BERT session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to conclude the test.
Note BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test will stop the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfbert -bcntl <bertControl> -bsl <bertSlotNum> -bmed <bertTestMedium> -bpt <bertPort> -bline <bertLine> -bmode <bertMode> -bdtl <bertDeviceToLoop> -bcnt <bertDS0DPIterationCount> -bpat <bertPattern> -blpbk <bertLoopback> -blpbkop <bertLoopbackOperation> -buid <bertUserId>
Syntax Description
-bcntl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertControl entry.
|
bertControl
|
BERT control.
•1 = acquire
•2 = release
•3 = configure
•4 = start
•5 = modify
•6 = delete
|
-bsl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertSlotNum entry.
|
bertSlotNum
|
BERT slot number, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.
|
-bmed
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertTestMedium entry.
|
bertTestMedium
|
Test medium, either port or line.
•1 = port
•2 = line
|
-bpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertPort entry.
|
bertPort
|
BERT port number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).
|
-bline
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLine entry.
|
bertLine
|
BERT line number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).
|
-bmode
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertMode entry.
|
bertMode
|
BERT function as a pattern test, DDS seek, or loopback.
•1 = pattern test
•2 = DDS seek
•3 = loopback
|
-bdtl
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertDeviceToLoop entry.
|
bertDeviceToLoop
|
Type of BERT device to loop.
•1 = noLatchOCUwith1
•2 = noLatchOCUwithout1
•3 = noLatchCSU
•4 = noLatchDSU
•5 = latchDS0Drop
•6 = latchDS0Line
•7 = latchOCU
•8 = latchCSU
•9 = latchDSU
•10 = latchHL96
•11 = v54Polynomial
•12 = inband
•13 = esf
•14 = metallic
•15 = noDevice
|
-bcnt
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertDS0DPIterationCount entry.
|
bertDS0DPIterationCount
|
BERT DS0 DP iteration count, in the range 1-32.
|
-bpat
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertPattern entry.
|
bertPattern
|
Type of BERT pattern to use.
•1 = allZeros
•2 = allOnes
•3 = alternateOneZero
•4 = doubleOneZero
•5 = fifteenBit
•6 = twentyBit
•7 = twentyBitQRSS
•8 = twentyThreeBit
•9 = oneInEight
•10 = threeInTwentyFour
•11 = dds-1
•12 = dds-2
•13 = dds-3
•14 = dds-4
•15 = dds-5
•16 = nineBit
•17 = elevenBit
|
-blpbk
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopback entry.
|
bertLoopback
|
Type of BERT loopback to use.
•1 = farEndRemoteLoopback
•2 = portRemoteFacilityLoopback
•3 = metallicLoopback
|
-blpbkop
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopbackOperation entry.
|
bertLoopbackOperation
|
BERT loopback, either loop up or loop down.
•1 = loopUp
•2 = loopDown
|
-buid
|
Command delineator that precedes the bertUserId entry.
|
bertUserId
|
BERT user identifier.
•User name
•IP address = 32 bit IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
Related Commands
delbert
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
xcnfdsx3bert
Configure DS3 BERT
Use the xcnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3
Syntax
xcnfdsx3bert -dsx3bct <state> -dsx3btm <medium> -dsx3bln <line num> -dsx3bmo <mode> -ds3bei <EIR> -ds3bpt <test pattern>
Syntax Description
-dsx3bct
|
Command delineator that precedes the state entry.
|
state
|
Type of DSX3 BERT control.
•1 = acquire BERT
•2 = Release BERT
•3 = Configure BERT
•4 = Start BERT
•5 = Modify BERT
•6 = Delete BERT
|
-dsx3btm
|
Command delineator that precedes the medium entry.
|
medium
|
DSX3 BERT medium.
•1 = Port
•2 = Line
|
-dsx3bln
|
Command delineator that precedes the line num entry.
|
line num
|
Line number, in the range 1-2.
|
-dsx3bmo
|
Command delineator that precedes the mode entry.
|
mode
|
BERT mode as pattern or loopback.
•1 = pattern
•2 = loopback
|
-ds3bei
|
Command delineator that precedes the EIR entry.
|
EIR
|
DSX3 excess information rate.
•1 = no error
•2 = 1 in 10
•3 = 1 in 100
•4 = 1 in 1000
•5 = 1 in 10^^4
•6 = 1 in 10^^5
•7 = 1 in 10 ^^6
•8 = 1 in 10 ^^7
|
-ds3bpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the test pattern entry.
|
test pattern
|
DSX3 BERT pattern, in the range 1-33.
|
Related Commands
xdspdsx3bert
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
xcnfif
Configure Broadband Interface
Use the xcnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You may need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for an interface. Refer to the upif command description for more information on resource partitioning.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfif -if <bbIfNum> -bl <lineNum> -ie <rowStatus> -ib <ingrPctBw> -eb <egrPctBw> -iv <minVpi> -av <maxVpi>
Syntax Description
-if
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.
|
bbIfNum
|
Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.
|
-bl
|
Command delineator that precedes the lineNum entry.
|
lineNum
|
Number of the line to tie the logical interface to, in the range 1-4.
|
-ie
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
•3 = modify
|
-ib
|
Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.
|
ingrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-eb
|
Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.
|
egrPctBw
|
Percentage of line egress queue bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100.
|
-iv
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.
|
minVpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
-av
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.
|
maxVpi
|
Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.
|
Related Commands
upif
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco Group
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Configure and enable a specific broadband interface to use a specified percentage of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress traffic, and set VPI for minimum 0 and maximum 19
•Verify the broadband configuration on the PXM
Example 1-440 Configure and enable broadband interface number 1 on line 4 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19
wilco.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfif -if 1 -bl 4 -ie 1 -ib 10 -eb 10 -iv 0 -av 19
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-441 Verify broadband configuration on the PXM
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
xcnfifip
Configure Interface for IP
Use the xcnfifip command to set the IP address for the LAN, SLIP, and ATM interfaces.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax:
xcnfifip -ifn <Interface> -ipa <ip_addr> -msk <NetMask> -bc <Brocast addr> -ipo <Oper>
Syntax Description
-ifn
|
Command delineator that precedes the Interface entry.
|
Interface
|
Interface type.
•26 = Ethernet
•28 = SLIP
•37 = ATM
|
-ipa
|
Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.
|
ip_addr
|
IP address in dotted decimal format.
|
-msk
|
Command delineator that precedes the NetMask entry.
|
NetMask
|
NetMask = nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, n = 0-9, nnn < 256
|
-bc
|
Command delineator that precedes the Brocast Addr entry.
|
Brocast Addr
|
Broadcast Address = nnnnnnnn, n is hexadecimal, Ethernet only.
|
-ipo
|
Command delineator that precedes the Oper entry.
|
Oper
|
Value to enable or disable IP Address.
•1 = Add
•2 = Delete
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Super Group
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Configure and enable an Ethernet interface to use a specified IP address, netmask, and broadband address
•Verify the configuration
Example 1-442 Configure and enable the Ethernet interface to use the IP address 172.29.37.40, the netmask 255.255.255.000, and the broadcast address 255.255.255.000
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfifip -if 26 -ipa 172.29.37.40 -msk 255.255.255.000 -bc
255.255.255.000 -ipo 1
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.
Example 1-443 Verify the IP Address configuration
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip
Interface IPAddress NetMask BroadcastAddress
------------ ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Ethernet 172.29.37.40 255.255.255.000 255.255.255.000
Slip 192.169.3.18 255.255.255.000
xcnfilmi
Configure ILMI
Use the xcnfilmi command to configure local management interface (LMI) for a port. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xcnfilmi -pti <port_num> -s <signal_type> -vpi <virtual_path_identifier> -vci <virtual_channel_identifier> -t <trap_enable> -mti <min_trap_int> -kap <keep_alive> -eth <ErrorThreshold> -evh <EventThreshold> -pi <PollingInterval> -mei <MinimumEnquiryInterval> -ar <AddrRegEnable>
Syntax Description
-pti
|
Command delineator that precedes the port_num entry.
|
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-s
|
Command delineator that precedes the signal_type entry.
|
signal_type
|
Value that defines signalling type.
•1 = other
•2 = no signalling
•3 = ILMI
|
-vpi
|
Command delineator that precedes the virtual_path_identifier entry.
|
virtual_path_identifier
|
Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 1-255.
|
-vci
|
Command delineator that precedes the virtual_channel_identifier entry.
|
virtual_channel_identifer
|
Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 1-65535.
|
-t
|
Command delineator that precedes the trap_enable entry.
|
trap_enable
|
Value that enables or disables ILMI traps.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-mti
|
Command delineator that precedes the min_trap_int entry.
|
min_trap_int
|
Minimum trap interval value, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-kap
|
Command delineator that precedes the keep_alive entry.
|
keep_alive
|
Value that enables or disables keep alive polling.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-eth
|
Command delineator that precedes the ErrorThreshold entry.
|
ErrorThreshold
|
Error Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-evh
|
Command delineator that precedes the EventThreshold entry.
|
EventThreshold
|
Event Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.
|
-pi
|
Command delineator that precedes the PollingInterval entry.
|
PollingInterval
|
Polling interval, in the range 5-60 seconds.
|
-mei
|
Command delineator that precedes the MinimumEnquiryInterval entry.
|
MinimumEnquiryInterval
|
Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20 seconds.
|
-ar
|
Command delineator that precedes the AddrRegEnable entry.
|
AddrRegEnable
|
Value that enables or disables Address Registration.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
Related Commands
xdspilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
xcnfln
Configure Line
Use the xcnfln command to configure a line on the current card to be either T1 or E1. If the command line does not include the E1 signalling parameter, the line is a T1.
For an FRSM-HS1 card, the xcnfln command is used to configure either an X.21 or a V.35 line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xcnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> <E1-signaling>
Syntax Description
line_num
|
Line number, in the range 1-8.
|
line_code
|
Line coding.
•2 = B8ZS
•3 = HDB3
•4 = AMI
|
line_len
|
Line length for either T1 or E1.
•T1 range = 1-7
•E1 range = 8-9
|
clk_src
|
Clock source for either loop clock or local clock.
•1 = loop clock
•2 = local clock
|
E1-signaling
|
•N CRC: type CAS = CAS
•CAS with CRC: type CAS_CRC
•CCS = CCS no CRC
•CCS_CRC = CCS with CRC
•CLEAR = Clear E1
|
Syntax for FRSM-HS1
xcnfln -hs1 <LineNum> -e <Enable> -lt <LineType> -sp <LineRate> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-sc <SendCode> -detect <LoopbackCodeDetection> -clktype <InvertClock>
Syntax Description
LineNum
|
Line number, in the range 1-4.
|
Enable
|
Line coding, in the range 1-3.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
•3 = mod
|
lineType
|
LineType, in the range 1-3.
•1 = DTE
•2 = DCE
•3 = DTE_ST (in V.35 only)
|
LineRate
|
Rate in bits per second.
|
LoopCmd
|
Loop command, either 1, 4, or 5.
1 = no loop (X.21, V.35)
4 = remote (X.21)
5 = metallic (X.21, V.35)
|
SendCode
|
A value, either 1, 4, 5, or 6.
•1 = no code
•4 = local loop
•5 = remote loop
•6 = unloop
|
LoopbackCodeDetection
|
A value, either 1 or 2.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
InvertClock
|
A value, either 1 or 2.
•1 = normal
•2 = inverted
|
Related Commands
cnfln, addln, delln
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-444 Configure line 4 to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 1, and use the loop clock as a clock source
MGX 82503.1.11.FRSM.a > xcnfln 4 2 1 1
Example 1-445 Configure line 1 for remote loopback and send codes for remote loop on the current FRSM card
man.1.4.FRSM.a > xcnfln -hs1 1 -e 3 -lpb 4 -sc 5
xcnfport
Configure Port
Use the xcnfport command to configure a service port on an FRSM or an AUSM.
The screen does not display a message after successful command entry. The configuration can be verified using the xdspport or dspport command.
The syntax for this command differs according to the service module being addressed.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax: FRSM
xcnfport <port_num> <PortLineNum> <PortEnable> <lmi_sig> <asyn> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.
•FRSM T1: 1-192
•FRSM E1: 1-248
|
PortLineNum
|
Line number in the range 1-8.
|
lmi_sig
|
Type of LMI signalling to be used on the card.
•1 = Other
•2 = None
•3 = StrataLMI
•4 = AnnexAUNI
•5 = AnnexDUNI
•6 = AnnexANNI
•7 = AnnexDNNI
|
asyn
|
Asyn update is (y)es or (n)o
|
T391
|
T391 timer value, in the range 5-30 sec.
|
T392
|
T392 timer value, in the range 5-30 sec.
|
N391
|
N391 counter value, in the range 1-255.
|
N392
|
N392 counter value, in the range 1-10.
|
N393
|
N393 counter value, in the range 1-10.
|
CLLMEN
|
Value to enable or disable Consolidated Link Management.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
CLLMTM
|
Consolidated Link Management Timer value, in the range 40-5000 ms.
|
Possible errors are:
•illegal/invalid parameters
•port does not exist, use addport command to add port first
•LMI NNI not enabled
Syntax: AUSM
xcnfport <port_num> <plpp loopback>
Syntax Description
port_num
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
plpp loopback
|
Type of Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) loopback.
•1 = no loopback
•2 = remote loopback
•3 = local loopback
|
Related Commands
addport, delport, dspport, dspports, xdspport, xdspports
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
System Response
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
xcnfportq
Configure Port Queue
Use the xcnfportq command to configure queue parameters on a port associated with the current AUSM.
A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xcnfportq -pt <ServicePortNum> -pqn <PortQNumber> -e <Enable> -sn <SequenceNo> -qdm <QueueDepthMax> -clph <EgressQCLPThreshHigh> -clpl <EgressQCLPThresLow> -clpt <EgressQEFCIThresh> -qa <EgressQAlgorith> -mxbi <EgressMaxBandwidthInc> -mibi <MinimumBandwidthInc>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the ServicePortNum entry.
|
ServicePortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-pqn
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortQNumber entry.
|
PortQNumber
|
Queue number, in the range 1-16.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the Enable entry.
|
Enable
|
Value to enable or disable the queue.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
|
-sn
|
Command delineator that precedes the SequenceNo entry.
|
SequenceNo
|
Service sequence number, in the range 1-16.
|
-qdm
|
Command delineator that precedes the QueueDepthMax entry.
|
QueueDepthMax
|
Size of the queue. Set number of cells allowable in the queue, in the range 1-16000.
|
-clph
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresHigh entry.
|
EgressQCLPThresHigh
|
Cell Loss Priority high-threshold value for traffic exiting the physical interface of the AUSM, in the range 1-16000.
|
-clpl
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresLow entry.
|
EgressQCLPThresLow
|
Cell Loss Priority low-threshold value, in the range 1-16000.
Once the low Cell Loss Priority threshold is passed, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them eligible for discard.
|
-clpt
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQEFCIThresh entry.
|
EgressQEFCIThresh
|
Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator threshold value, in the range 1-16000.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
-qa
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressQAlgorith entry.
|
EgressQAlgorith
|
Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5. To disable the queue, set value at 0 (zero).
|
-mxbi
|
Command delineator that precedes the EgressMaxBandwidthInc entry.
|
EgressMaxBandwidthInc
|
Egress Maximum Bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.
An Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.
|
-mibi
|
Command delineator that precedes the MinimumBandwidthInc entry.
|
MinimumBandwidthInc
|
Minimum Bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.
|
Related Commands
cnfportq
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-446 Display queue parameters on an AUSM port
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xcnfportq -pt 1
xcnfred
Configure Redundancy
Use the xcnfred command to set redundancy between two PXM slots, and to set the primary and secondary PXMs in the pair. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:N. If the redundancy is 1:N, repeat the xcnfred command for each secondary slot to be linked to the primary slot.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfred -pri <redPrimarySlotNum> -en <rowStatus> -sec <redSecondarySlotNum> -type <redType>
Syntax Description
-pri
|
Command delineator that precedes the redPrimarySlotNum entry.
|
redPrimarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair. Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Row status, either enable, disable, or modify.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
•3 = modify
|
-sec
|
Command delineator that precedes the redSecondarySlotNum entry.
|
redSecondarySlotNum
|
Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair. Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.
|
-type
|
Command delineator that precedes the redType entry.
|
redType
|
Type of redundancy to be used.
•1 = 1:1
•2 = 1:N
|
Related Commands
dspred, delred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-447 Add 1:1 redundancy between the card in slot 4 and the card in slot 1
node501.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfred -pri 1 -en 1 -ser 4 -type 1
xcnfrscprtn
Configure Resource Partition Extended Parameters
Use the xcnfrscprtn command to partition PXM resources (bandwidth) as broadband interfaces.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfrscprtn -pn <bbIfNum> -cn <ctrlrNum> -pr <rowStatus> -ps <inUse> -pi <ingrPctBw> -pe <egrPctBw> -pv <minVpi> -pu <maxVpi> -pc <minVci> -pd <maxVci> -pch <maxGLCNs>
Syntax Description
-pn
|
Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.
|
bbIfNum
|
Broadband interface number, in the range 1-32.
|
-cn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ctrlrNum entry.
|
ctrlrNum
|
Type of controller to be used on the interface.
•1 = PAR
•2 = PNNI
•3 = TAG
|
-pr
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Row status, either enable, disable, or modify.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
•3 = modify
|
-ps
|
Command delineator that precedes the inUse entry.
|
inUse
|
Operational status of the interface.
•1 = In Use
•2 = Not In Use
|
-pi
|
Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.
|
ingrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-pe
|
Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.
|
egrPctBw
|
Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to egress traffic, in the range 0-100.
|
-pv
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.
|
minVpi
|
Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.
|
-pu
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.
|
maxVpi
|
Maximum VPI value. Enter a value that is greater than that defined for bbIfRscPrtVpiLow and less than 4095.
|
-pc
|
Command delineator that precedes the minVci entry.
|
minVci
|
Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.
|
-pn
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxVci entry.
|
maxVci
|
Maximum VCI, in the range 0-65535.
|
-pch
|
Command delineator that precedes the maxGLCNs entry.
|
maxGLCNs
|
Maximum global logical connection number (GLCN) value, in the range 0-32767.
|
Related Commands
None.
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco
|
Example 1-448 Configure and enable a resource partition
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfrscprtn -pn 1 -cn 1 -pr 1 -ps 1 -pi 100 -pe 100 -pi 0 -pu 4095 -pc
0 -pd 65535 - pth 32767
xcnfsrmlink
Configure Link
Use the xcnfsrmlink command to configure and to enable a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 <T3 line number> -srmt1 <T1 line number> -en <rowStatus> -srms1 <Target Slot number> -srmln <Slot line number>
Syntax Description
-srmt3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3 line number entry.
|
T3 line number
|
SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.line.
•slot = enter value either 15 or 31
Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active). Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.
•line range = 1-3
|
-srmt1
|
Command delineator that precedes the T1 line number entry.
|
T1 line number
|
T1 line number, in the range 1-28.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.
|
rowStatus
|
Row status, either enable, disable, or modify.
•1 = enable
•2 = disable
•3 = modify
|
-srms1
|
Command delineator that precedes the Target Slot number entry.
|
Target Slot number
|
Number of the T1 service module slot to be linked.
Target Slot number ranges = 1-6|9-14|17-22|25-30
|
-srmln
|
Command delineator that precedes the Slot line number entry.
|
Slot line number
|
T1 line number in the slot to be linked (range 1-4 or 1-8) as appropriate for the installed service module.
|
Related Commands
addlink, dsplink, dellink, xdspsrmlink
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-449 Configure and enable a link between T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 15.2 -srmt1 1 -en 1 -srmsl 3 -srmln 5
xcnftrapmgr
Configure Trap Manager
Use the xcnftrapmgr command to configure, enable, and to disable the trap manager function on the PXM. If you enable the trap manager, this command allows you configure the number and IP address of the trap manager you intend to receive traps.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xcnftrapmgr -ip <ip_addr> -pt <portnum> -en <enabled> -tf <TrapFlag> -seq <SeqNum>
Syntax Description
-ip
|
Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.
|
ip_addr
|
IP address of the trap manager in dotted decimal format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.
|
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the portnum entry.
|
portnum
|
Port number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.
|
-en
|
Command delineator that precedes the enabled entry.
|
enabled
|
Value that enables or disables the flag action on the row.
•1 = add row
•2 = delete row
|
-tf
|
Command delineator that precedes the TrapFlag entry.
|
TrapFlag
|
Trap flag entry.
|
-seq
|
Command delineator that precedes the SeqNum entry.
|
SeqNum
|
Sequence number entry.
|
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-450 Enable trap manager on the current PXM
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > xcnftrapmgr -ip 192.169.3.102 -pt 3 -tf 1 -seq 100 -en 1
xdelcon
Delete Connection
Use the xdelcon command to remove a connection on an AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdelcon <connection number>
Syntax Description
connection number
|
Connection number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
delcon, xdspcon, dspcon, xdspcons, dspcons, xaddcon, addcon
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-2
|
xdnport
Down Port
Use the xdnport command to deactivate a port. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdnport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <LineNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.
|
PortEnable
|
Value that enables or disables the port.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-ptyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.
|
PortType
|
Value that represents either NNI or UNI port type.
•1 = NNI
•2 = UNI
|
-ln
|
Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.
|
LineNum
|
Physical line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
xupport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
xdspchan
Display Channel
Use the xdspchan command to view a channel on the current service card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchan -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Related Commands
xdspchans, dspchans, cnfchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display channel characteristics of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
•Display channel characteristics of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 22
Example 1-451 Display channel characteristics of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchan 22
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ForeSightEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014000100
ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
DETaggingEnable: Disabled
ForeSightEnable: Disabled
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014001400
ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100
ChanConnServiceType: ATFR
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
Example 1-452 Display channel characteristics of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 22
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchan 33
ChanCBRService: structured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 124 bytes
ChanCDVT: 1000 micro seconds
C L I P: 2500 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ChanTestState: NotInProgress
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000200
ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanCBRService: unstructured
ChanClockMode: Synchronous
ChanMaxBufSize: 7680 bytes
ChanCDVT: 20000 micro seconds
C L I P: 30000 milliseconds
ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled
ISDetType DetectionDisabled
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression
ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds
ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000a00
ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100
ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
xdspchancnt
Display Channel Count
Use the xdspchancnt command to view the counter contents of all channels (or the specified channel with the optional -chn parameter).
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchancnt -chn <ChanNum>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.
|
ChanNum
|
Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
•FRSM
–8T1/E1 range = 16-1015
–T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015
–2CT3 range = 16-4015
•PXM range = 16-4111
•AUSM range = 16-1015
•CESM
–8T1/E1 range = 32-279
–T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32
|
Related Commands
dspchancnt, dspchstats
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display channel counters of all the channels on the FRSM card in slot 20
•Display channel counters of channel 17 on the PXM card in slot 7
•Display channel counters of all the channels on the CESM card in slot 21
•Display channel counters of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 21
•Display channel counters of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
Example 1-453 Display channel counters of all the channels on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Off
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
Total Frames: 64187 57994
Total Bytes: 3410008 3317254
Bytes Discarded: 118 410582
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=0 Off
ATMState: Sending AIS OAM state Receiving AIS OAM
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
Example 1-454 Display channel counters of channel 17 on the PXM card in slot 7
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchancnt -cnt 17
Channel Ingress State : alarm
Channel Egress State : other
GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0
GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0
CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0
CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0
Example 1-455 Display channel counters of all the channels on the CESM card in slot 21
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 1234508943
Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808376
Signalling Status Offhook
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 317857344
Channel Uptime (secs.) 77406
Signalling Status Offhook
Example 1-456 Display channel counters of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 21
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 33
Chan RCV ATM State: Normal
Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM
Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss
Generated Cells: 1234551200
Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808438
Signalling Status Offhook
Example 1-457 Display channel counters of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22
--------------- ---------------
AbitState: Sending A=1 Off
ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state
Total Frames: 64187 58001
Total Bytes: 3410008 3317660
Bytes Discarded: 118 410582
FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0
FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0
XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0
XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14
XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794
XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0
XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0
XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079
xdspchans
Display Channels
Use the xdspchans command to view the current channels on the card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspchans
Related Commands
xdspchan, dspchan, addchan, delchan
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display channels on the current PXM
•Display channels on the current FRSM
•Display channels on the current CESM
Example 1-458 Display channels on the current PXM
spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchans
Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 ADD 2 39 45 VCC VBR 353208 Slv 0 0 alarm
Example 1-459 Display channels on the current FRSM
spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchans
DLCI Chan EQ I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type Alarm
------------- ---- -- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- -----
20.1.1.1000 22 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis SIW-X No
20.8.20.300 42 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes
Example 1-460 Display channels on the current CESM
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchans
Channel ChanNum Status CDVT MaxBufSize CLIP CBRservice
------------ ------- ------ ----- ---------- ------ ------------
21.1.2.33 33 Add 1000 124 2500 structured
21.3.10.41 41 Mod 20000 7680 30000 unstructured
xdspcon
Display Connection
Use the xdspcon command to view AUSM configuration data.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspcon -chn <channel number>
Syntax Description
-chn
|
Command delineator that precedes the channel number entry.
|
channel number
|
Channel number, in the range 16-1015.
|
Related Commands
dspcon, xaddcon, addcon, xdelcon, delcon, xdspcons, dspcons
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-461 Display connection parameters for channel 16
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspcon -chn 16
IngressQDepth(cells): 1000
IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis
IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000
IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900
IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800
IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000
PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs)
PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 50
CellDelayVariation[0]: 10000 (micro secs)
SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 50
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000
InitialBurstSize(cells): 0
ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 50
MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 0
InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 1
LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable
ChanTestState: Not In Progress
Ingress percentage util: 100
Egress percentage util : 100
Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
LocalNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RemoteNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150
RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction
ChanNumNextAvailable : 16
Local VpId NextAvailable : 4
xdspcons
Display Connections
Use the xdspcons command to view details of all connections between the current AUSM and the card to which the current shelf is attached.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspcons
Related Commands
dspcons, xaddcon, addcon, xdelcon, delcon, xdspcon
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-462 Display parameters for the connections on the current AUSM
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspcons
Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State
30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active
33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm
xdspdsx3bert
Display DSX3 BERT
Use the xdspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current bit error rate test (BERT) session.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3
Syntax
xdspdsx3bert
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-463 Display results of the current BERT session
popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > xdspdsx3bert
Bert Control: Start dsx3Bert
Bert Resource Status State: In Use
Bert Mode : bertPatternTest
Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero
Loopback type: metallicLoopback
Start time (secs.) 14:14:44
Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999
Bit countlower: 1553476045
Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled
xdspilmi
Display ILMI
Use the xdspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, AUSM
Syntax: PXM
xdspilmi -ifNum <sigPortNum>
Syntax Description
-ifNum
|
Command delineator that precedes the sigPortNum entry.
|
sigPortNum
|
Number of the broadband interface port.
|
Syntax: AUSM
xdspilmi -pt <PortNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Number of the broadband interface port.
|
Related Commands
cnfilmi, xcnfilmi, dspilmicnt
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
•Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
Example 1-464 Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM
porky.1.7.PXM.a > xdspilmi -ifNum 1
Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr
Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg.
---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ----
1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off
Example 1-465 Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM
porky.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspilmi -pt 1
Signalling: No signalling
ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1
KeepAlivePolling: Disabled
PollingInterval (secs): 30
MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs) 10
xdspln
Display Line Configuration
Use the xdspln command to view configuration for a specified line.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspln -ds1 <line number>
or
xdspln -rs232 <line number>
Syntax Description
-ds1
|
Command delineator that precedes T1 line number entry.
|
-rs232
|
Command delineator that precedes RS232 line number entry.
|
line number
|
Line number of the DS1 or RS232 interface.
•-DS1 range = 1-8 (on 8-port service modules)
•-RS232 range = 1-2
|
Related Commands
addln, xcnfln, cnfln, delln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display line 2 on the current AUSM card
•Display line 8 on the current CESM card
•Display line 1 on the current FRSM card
•Display RS232 line 1 on the current CESM card
Example 1-466 Display line 2 on the current AUSM card
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspln -ds1 2
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-467 Display line 8 on the current CESM card
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdspln -ds1 8
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-468 Display line 1 on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdspln -ds1 1
LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming
LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop
LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0
LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled
Example 1-469 Display RS232 line 1 on the current CESM card
spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspln -rs232 1
Port Type Enable Baudrate
---- ---------------------- -------- --------
21.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200
SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1
xdsplns
Display Lines
Use the xdsplns command to view the configuration parameters for all lines on the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdsplns
Related Commands
dsplns, addln, cnfln, xcnfln, delln
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display DS1 lines on the current FRSM card
•Display RS-232 lines on the current FRSM card
•Display lines on the current PXM with a T3 trunk back card
•Display lines on the current PXM with a SONET 155 back card
•Display E1 lines on the current CESM card
Example 1-470 Display DS1 lines on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -ds1
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
1.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
1.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim
Example 1-471 Display RS-232 lines on the current FRSM card
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -rs232
Port Type Enable Baudrate
---- ---------------------- -------- --------
1.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200
SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1
Example 1-472 Display lines on the current PXM with a T3 trunk back card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns
Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- -------------
2.1 dsx3CbitParity dsx3B3ZS LessThan450ft 3 out of 8 Check C-bits
Example 1-473 Display lines on the current PXM with a SONET 155 back card
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns
Medium Medium Medium Medium
Sonet Line Line HSC Payload Frame Time Valid
Line Line
Line Type Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls
Coding Type
---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------------
Example 1-474 Display E1 lines on the current CESM
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdsplns -ds1
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats
---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- -----
17.1 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No
17.2 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.3 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.4 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.5 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.6 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.7 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim
17.8 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No
xdspport
Display Port
Use the xdspport command on the PXM to view the port configuration for the specified PXM port.
Use the xdspport command on an FRSM and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.
Use the xdspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) of a port on the current AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspport <port number>
or
xdspport -port <port number>
(for PXM)
Syntax Description
-port
|
Command delineator that precedes PXM port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
•PXM
–Range = 1-32
•FRSM
–T1 range = 1-192
–E1 range = 1-248
•AUSM range = 1-8
•CESM
–8T1 range = 1-192
–8E1 range = 1-248
–T3/E3 = enter the value 1
|
Related Commands
FRSM and CESM: addport, xcnfport, cnfport, delport
AUSM: xupport, upport, xdnport, dnport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display port configuration for port 2 on the PXM
•Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM
•Display port 1 on the current AUSM
Example 1-475 Display port configuration for port 2 on the PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspport -port 1
Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi
------------------------------------------------------
Example 1-476 Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > xdspport 1
PortDs0ConfigBitMap: 0xffffff
PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1
PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1
SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling
AsynchronousUpdates: Disable
T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10
T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15
N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6
N393MonitoredEventCount: 4
PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure
PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure
CLLMEnableStatus: Disable
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff
Syntax : dspport "port_num"
port number—values ranging from 1-192 are accepted
Example 1-477 Display port 1 on the current AUSM
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspport 1
Cell Scramble: No Scramble
Plpp Loopback: No Loopback
xdspportcnt
Display Port Counters
Use the xdspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port on an FRSM or AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM
Syntax
xdspportcnt <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.
•FRSM T1 range = 1-192
•FRSM E1 range = 1-248
•AUSM range = 1-8
|
Related Commands
dspcds
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
•Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
Example 1-478 Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1
IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0
EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0
EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0
EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0
TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0
TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0
SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0
Example 1-479 Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM
spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1
--------------- ---------------
Total Frames: 233706 228459
Total Bytes: 6181533 5892272
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 17
XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 791
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
CLLMFailures: 0Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop:
--------------- ---------------
XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0
XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0
RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0
RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0
RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0
xdspportq
Display Specified Egress Queue on Specified Port
Use the xdspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspportq -pt <port number> -pqn <egress queue number>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the port number entry.
|
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-pqn
|
Command delineator that precedes the egress queue number entry.
|
egress queue number
|
Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.
|
Related Commands
dspportq, dspportqs
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-480 Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspportq -pt 1 -pqn 1
CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450
CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400
EFCIThreshold(cells): 400
MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096
xdspportqs
Display All Egress Queues on Specified Port
Use the xdspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xdspportqs <port number>
Syntax Description
port number
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
dspportqs, xdspportq, dspportq
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-481 Display egress queue information for all egress queues on port 1
spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspportqs 1
Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh
---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ----------
1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160
4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700
4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700
xdspports
Display Ports
Use the xdspports command to view information on all the ports associated with the current card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
FRSM, AUSM, CESM
Syntax
xdspports
Related Commands
dspport, addport, cnfport, delport, dspport
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: 1-6
|
Example 1-482 Display ports on the current FRSM
raviraj.1.3.FRSM.a > xdspports
Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI
-------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ----
3.1.1 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.2 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.3 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.4 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.5 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.6 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.7 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
3.1.8 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off
PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff
PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000
PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000
xdspred
Display Redundancy
Use the xdspred command to view the currently configured redundant slot links on the switch.
Card(s) on Which This Card Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspred
Related Commands
addred, delred, dspred, xcnfred
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: SuperUser
|
Example 1-483 Show the status of redundant slot links
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspred
Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot
SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- --------
4 FRSM-2CT Active 10 FRSM-2CT Standby 1:1 0
xdspshelf
Display Shelf
Use the xdspshelf command to view shelf information on card and line status.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspshelf
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco Group
|
Example 1-484 Display characteristics of the shelf information on card and line status
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspshelf
StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0
shelfIntegratedAlarm: Clear
xdspsrmlink
Display Link
Use the xdspsrmlink command to view a link on a specific T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspsrmlink -srmt3 <T3LineNum> -srmt1 <T1Slot> -srmsl <TargetSlotNum> <T3LineNum>
Syntax Description
-srmt3
|
Command delineator that precedes the T3LineNum entry.
|
T3LineNum
|
T3 line number expressed in the form slot.line.
•Slot = 15 or 31
•Line range = 1-3
|
-srmt1
|
Command delineator that precedes the T1Slot entry.
|
T1Slot
|
T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.
|
-srmsl
|
Command delineator that precedes TargetSlotNum and T3LineNum entry.
|
TargetSlotNum
|
T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the ranges 1-6, or 11-14, or 17-22, or 27-30.
|
T3LineNum
|
T3 line number in the form slot.line.
Slot range = 15 or 31
Line range = 1-3
|
Related Commands
dellink, addlink
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-485 Display characteristics of the SRM T3 link
spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspsrmlink 7.1
T3Line
|
StartT
|
TRowStatus
|
TargetSlot
|
TargetSlotLine
|
1
|
1
|
Add
|
7
|
1
|
1
|
2
|
Add
|
7
|
2
|
1
|
3
|
Add
|
7
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
Add
|
7
|
4
|
xdsptrapmgr
Display Trap Manager
Use the xdsptrapmgr command to view trap information collected by the PXM trap manager. This information contains the IPAddress, port number, trap flag operational status, row status, and the current sequence number of the next trap.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdsptrapmgr
Related Commands
None
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Any
|
Example 1-486 Display trap information on the current PXM
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdsptrapmgr
ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum
--------------- ------- ---------- ------------ --------------
172.29.28.41 2500 Add Off 260338
xdspusers
Display User(s)
Use the xdspusers command to view the list of currently configured user identifications and associated access levels.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
PXM
Syntax
xdspusers
or
xdspusers -u <userId>
Syntax Description
-u
|
Command delineator that precedes the userId entry.
|
userId
|
String of up to12 characters that identify a specific user.
|
Related Commands
dspusers
Attributes
Log: No
|
State: Any State
|
Privilege: Cisco Group
|
Examples
This section contains the following examples:
•Show all currently configured users
•Show the access level for a specified user
Example 1-487 Show all currently configured users
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspusers
-------------------------
Example 1-488 Show access level for a specified user
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspuser -u superuser
-------------------------
xupport
Up Port
Use the xupport command to bring up a port on the AUSM.
Card(s) on Which This Command Executes
AUSM
Syntax
xupport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <PhysLineNum>
Syntax Description
-pt
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.
|
PortNum
|
Port number, in the range 1-8.
|
-e
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.
|
PortEnable
|
Value that enables or disables the port.
•1 = disable
•2 = enable
|
-ptyp
|
Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.
|
PortType
|
Value that represents either NNI or UNI port type.
•1 = NNI
•2 = UNI
|
-ln
|
Command delineator that precedes the PhysLineNum entry.
|
PhysLineNum
|
Physical line number, in the range 1-8.
|
Related Commands
upport, xdnport, dnport
Attributes
Log: Yes
|
State: Active
|
Privilege: 1
|
Example 1-489 Bring up port 1 on physical line 1 on the AUSM in slot 22 as an NNI port
spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xupport -pt 1 -e 2 -ptyp 1 -ln 1
A system message does not occur unless an error is detected.